UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
FORM 10-K
[ X ]ANNUAL REPORT UNDERPURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
[__]TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For Fiscal Year Endedthe fiscal year ended June 3, 20171, 2019Commission File No. 001-15141
Herman Miller, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 Michigan        38-0837640         
 (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 
     
 855 East Main Avenue   
 PO Box 302   
 Zeeland, Michigan 49464-0302 
 
(Address of principal
executive offices)
 (Zip Code) 
Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (616) 654 3000 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None 
Title of each classTrading Symbol(s)Name of each exchange on which registered
Common stockMLHRNASDAQ-Global Select Market System
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Common Stock, $.20 Par Value
(Title of Class)
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
 Yes [ X ]     No [__]
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
 Yes [__]     No [ X ]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
 Yes [ X ]     No [__]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 229.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
 Yes [ X ]     No [__]
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   [ X ]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” "accelerated filer," "smaller reporting company," and “emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filerAccelerated Filer [ X ]    Accelerated filerFiler [__]   Non-accelerated filerFiler [__]    Smaller reporting companyReporting Company [__] Emerging growth companyGrowth Company [__]
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act                 [__]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
 Yes [__]     No [ X ]
The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by “nonaffiliates” of the registrant (for this purpose only, the affiliates of the registrant have been assumed to be the executive officers and directors of the registrant and their associates) as of December 3, 2016,1, 2018, was $1,932,194,648$1,970,278,315 (based on $32.65$33.65 per share which was the closing sale price as reported by NASDAQ).
The number of shares outstanding of the registrant's common stock, as of July 27, 2017:25, 2019: Common stock, $.20 par value - 59,848,32659,060,397 shares outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Certain portions of the Registrant's Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on October 9, 2017,14, 2019, are incorporated into Part III of this report.
































This page intentionally left blank.




Herman Miller, Inc. Form 10-K
Table of Contents


 Page No.
Part I 
   Item 1 Business
   Item 1A Risk Factors
   Item 1B Unresolved Staff Comments
   Item 2 Properties
   Item 3 Legal Proceedings
   Additional Item: Executive Officers of the Registrant
   Item 4 Mine Safety Disclosures
Part II 
   Item 5 Market for the Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
   Item 6 Selected Financial Data
   Item 7 Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
   Item 7A Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
   Item 8 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
   Item 9 Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures
   Item 9A Controls and Procedures
   Item 9B Other Information
Part III 
   Item 10 Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance
   Item 11 Executive Compensation
   Item 12 Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
   Item 13 Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
   Item 14 Principal Accountant Fees and Services
Part IV 
   Item 15 Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedule
   Item 16 Form 10-K Summary
Exhibit Index
Signatures
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Financial Statement Schedule
Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
Exhibit Index





PART I

Item 1 Business

General Development of Business
Herman Miller's mission statement is Inspiring Designs to Help People Do Great Things. To this end, the companyCompany researches, designs, manufactures, and distributes interior furnishings for use in various environments including office, healthcare, educational, and residential settings and provides related services that support organizations and individuals all over the world. Through research, the companyCompany seeks to understand, define and clarify customer needs and problems existing in its markets and to design products, systems and services that serve as innovative solutions to such needs and problems. The company'sCompany's products are sold primarily through the following channels: Owned and independent contract furniture dealers, direct customer sales, owned and independent retailers, direct-mail catalogs, and the company'sCompany's online stores.

Herman Miller, Inc.The Company was incorporated in Michigan in 1905. OneThe global design leader has since established Herman Miller Group, a family of the company's major plantsbrands that collectively offers a variety of products for environments where people live, learn, work, and itsheal. The family of brands includes Herman Miller®, Design Within Reach®, Geiger®, Maharam®, Nemschoff®, Colebrook Bosson Saunders®, naughtone®, Maars® Living Walls, and HAY®. Herman Miller's corporate offices are located at 855 East Main Avenue, PO Box 302, Zeeland, Michigan, 49464-0302, and its telephone number is (616) 654-3000. Unless otherwise noted or indicated by the context, the term “company” includesall references to "Herman Miller," "we," "our," "Company" and similar references are to Herman Miller, Inc., its predecessors, and majority-ownedcontrolled subsidiaries. Further information relating to principles of consolidation is provided in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this report.
Financial Information about Segments
Information relating to segments is provided in Note 1314 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this report.
Narrative Description of Business
The company'sCompany's principal business consists of the research, design, manufacture, selling and distribution of seating products, office furniture systems, seating products, other freestanding furniture elements, textiles, home furnishings and related services. Most of these systems and products are designed to be used together.

The company'sCompany's ingenuity and design excellence create award-winning products and services, which have made usthe Company a leader in the design and development of furniture, furniture systems, textiles and technology solutions. This leadership is exemplified by the innovative concepts introduced by the company in its broad array of seating products (including Embody®, Aeron®, Mirra2™, Setu®, Sayl®, Verus®, Cosm®, Lino®, Verus®, Celle®, Equa®, Taper™ and Ergon® office chairs) and modular systems (including Canvas Office Landscape®, Locale®, Public Office Landscape®, Layout Studio®, Action Office®, Ethospace®, Arras®, Prospect®, Overlay™ and Resolve®). The company also offers a broad array of seating (including Embody®, Aeron®, Mirra2™, Setu®, Sayl®, Verus®, Celle®, Equa®, Taper™ and Ergon® office chairs), storage (including Meridian® and Tu® products), wood casegoods (including Geiger® products), freestanding furniture products (including Abak™, Intent®, Sense™ and Envelop®), healthcare products (including Palisade™, Compass™, Nala®, Ava® and other Nemschoff® products), the Thrive portfolio of ergonomic solutions, ergonomic and technology support products (including Colebrook Bosson Saunders® products) and the textiles of Maharam Fabric Corporation (Maharam)(Maharam®). The Live OSSMPlatform™ system of cloud-connected furnishings, applications and dashboards provides a data analytics solutiondata-enabled solutions for the company'sCompany's customers.

The companyCompany also offers products for residential settings, including Eames®, Eames (lounge chair configuration)®, Eames (management chair configuration)®, Eames Soft Pad™, HAY®, Nelson™ basic cabinet series, Nelson™ end table, Nelson™ lanterns, Nelson™ marshmallow sofa, Nelson™ miniature chests, Nelson™ platform bench, Nelson™ swag leg group, Nelson™ tray table, Bubble Lamps®, Airia™, Ardea®, Bumper™, Burdick Group™, Everywhere™ tables, Claw™, Caper®, Distil™, Envelope™, Formwork®, Full Round™, H Frame™, I Beam™, Landmark™, Logic Mini™, Logic Power Access Solutions™, Renew™, Rolled Arm™, Scissor™, Sled™, Soft Pad™, Swoop™, Tone™, Twist™, Ward Bennett™ and Wireframe™.

The company'sCompany's products are marketed worldwide by its own sales staff, independent dealers and retailers, its owned dealer network,dealers, via its e-commerce websitewebsites and through its owned Design Within Reach ("DWR") and HAY retail studios. Salespeople work with dealers, the architecture and design community, and directly with end-users. Independent dealerships concentrate on the sale of Herman Miller products and some complementary product lines of other manufacturers. It is estimated that approximately 6369 percent of the company'sCompany's sales in the fiscal year ended June 3, 20171, 2019, were made to or through independent dealers. The remaining sales were made directly to end-users, including federal, state and local governments and several business organizations by the company'sCompany's own sales staff, its owned dealer network, its DWR retail studioschannels or independent dealers and retailers.

The companyCompany is a recognized leader within its industry for the use, development and integration of customer-centered technologies that enhance the reliability, speed and efficiency of our customers' operations. This includes proprietary sales tools, interior design and product specification software; order entry and manufacturing scheduling and production systems; and direct connectivity to the company'sCompany's suppliers.



The company'sCompany's furniture systems, seating, freestanding furniture, storage, casegood and textile products, and related services are used in (1) institutional environments including offices and related conference, lobby, and lounge areas and general public areas including transportation terminals; (2) health/science environments including hospitals, clinics and other healthcare facilities; (3) industrial and educational settings; and (4) residential and other environments.


Raw Materials
The company'sCompany's manufacturing materials are available from a significant number of sources within the United States, Canada,North America, South America, Europe and Asia. To date, the companyCompany has not experienced any difficulties in obtaining its raw materials. The costs of certain direct materials used in the company'sCompany's manufacturing and assembly operations are sensitive to shifts in commodity market prices. In particular, the costs of steel, plastic, aluminum components and particleboard are sensitive to the market prices of commodities such as raw steel, aluminum, crude oil, lumber and resins. Increases in the market prices for these commodities can have an adverse impact on the company'sCompany's profitability. Further information regarding the impact of direct material costs on the company'sCompany's financial results is provided in Management's Discussion and Analysis in Item 7 of this report, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”.

Patents, Trademarks, Licenses, Etc.
The companyCompany has active utility and design patents in the United States. Many of the inventions covered by these patents also have been patented in a number of foreign countries. Various trademarks, including the name and stylized “Herman Miller” and the “Herman Miller Circled Symbolic M” trademark are registered in the United States and many foreign countries. The companyCompany does not believe that any material part of its business depends on the continued availability of any one or all of its patents or trademarks, or that its business would be materially adversely affected by the loss of any such marks, except for the following trademarks: Herman Miller®, Herman Miller Circled Symbolic M®, Maharam®, Geiger®, Design Within Reach®, DWR®, Nemschoff®, Action Office®, Living Office®, Ethospace®, Aeron®, Mirra®, Embody®, Setu®, Sayl®, Cosm®, Eames®, PostureFit®, Meridian®, and Canvas Office Landscape®. It is estimated that the average remaining life of the company's patents and trademarks is approximately 6 years.

Working Capital Practices
Information concerning the company'sCompany's inventory levels relative to its sales volume can be found under the Executive Overview section in Item 7 of this report “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”. Beyond this discussion, the companyCompany does not believe that it or the industry in general has any special practices or special conditions affecting working capital items that are significant for understanding the company'sCompany's business.

Customer Base
The companyCompany estimates that no single dealer accounted for more than 5 percent of the company'sCompany's net sales in the fiscal year ended June 3, 2017.1, 2019. The companyCompany estimates that the largest single end-user customer accounted for $102$129.6 million, $88$109.8 million and $97$102.3 million of the company'sCompany's net sales in fiscal 2017, 2016,2019, 2018, and 2015,2017, respectively. This represents approximately 5 percent 4 percent and 5 percent of the company'sCompany's net sales in fiscal 2017, 20162019, 2018 and 2015, respectively.2017. The company'sCompany's 10 largest customers in the aggregate accounted for approximately 18 percent, 1819 percent, and 2018 percent of net sales in fiscal 2017, 2016,2019, 2018, and 2015,2017, respectively.

Backlog of Unfilled Orders
As of June 3, 2017,1, 2019, the company'sCompany's backlog of unfilled orders was $322.6$394.2 million. At May 28, 2016,June 2, 2018, the company'sCompany's backlog totaled $323.5 million. The backlog as of the end of fiscal 2017 was lower as compared to the ending backlog as of the end of fiscal 2016 due in part to the sale of an owned dealer in Philadelphia, which resulted in a decrease in backlog of $11.6$350.7 million. It is expected that substantially all the orders forming the backlog at June 3, 2017,1, 2019, will be filled during the next fiscal year. Many orders received by the companyCompany are reflected in the backlog for only a short period while other orders specify delayed shipments and are carried in the backlog for up to one year. Accordingly, the amount of the backlog at any particular time does not necessarily indicate the level of net sales for a particular succeeding period.

Government Contracts
Other than standard provisions contained in contracts with the United States Government, the companyCompany does not believe that any significant portion of its business is subject to material renegotiation of profits or termination of contracts or subcontracts at the election of various government entities. The companyCompany sells to the U.S. Government both through a General Services Administration ("GSA") Multiple Award Schedule Contract and through competitive bids. The GSA Multiple Award Schedule Contract pricing is principally based upon the company'sCompany's commercial price list in effect when the contract is initiated, rather than being determined on a cost-plus-basis. The companyCompany is required to receive GSA approval to apply list price increases during the term of the Multiple Award Schedule Contract period.

Competition
All aspects of the company'sCompany's business are highly competitive. From an office furniture perspective, the companyCompany competes largely on design, product and service quality, speed of delivery and product pricing. Although the companyCompany is one of the largest office furniture manufacturers in the world, it competes with manufacturers that have significant resources and sales as well as many smaller companies. The company'sCompany's most significant competitors are Haworth, HNI Corporation, Kimball International, Knoll and Steelcase.



The companyCompany also competes in the home furnishings industry, primarily against national, regional and national independent home furnishings retailers who market high-craft furniture to end-user customers and the interior design community. These competitors include companies such as Restoration Hardware and Wayfair. Similar to ourits office furniture product offerings, the companyCompany competes primarily on design, product and service quality, speed of delivery and product pricing in this consumer market.



Research, Design and Development
The companyCompany believes it draws great competitive strength from its research, design and development programs. Accordingly, the company believes that its research and design activities are of significant importance. Through research, the companyCompany seeks to understand, define and clarify customer needs and problems they are trying to solve. The companyCompany designs innovative products and services that address customer needs and solve their problems. The companyCompany uses both internal and independent research resources and independent design resources. Exclusive of royalty payments, the companyCompany spent approximately $58.6$58.8 million, $62.4$57.1 million and $56.7$58.6 million on research and development activities in fiscal 2017, 20162019, 2018 and 2015,2017, respectively. Generally, royalties are paid to designers of the company'sCompany's products as the products are sold and are included in the Design and Research line item within the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.

Environmental Matters
For over 50 years, respecting the environment has been more than good business practice for usthe Company - it is the right thing to do. OurThe Company's 10-year sustainability strategy - Earthright - begins with three principles: positive transparency, products as living things and becoming greener together. OurThe Company's goals are focused around the smart use of resources, eco-inspired design and becomingbeing community driven. Based on current facts known to management, the companyCompany does not believe that existing environmental laws and regulations have had or will have any material effect upon the capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position of the company.Company. However, there can be no assurance that environmental legislation and technology in this area will not result in or require material capital expenditures or additional costs to our manufacturing process.

Human Resources
The companyCompany considers its employees to be another of its major competitive strengths. The companyCompany stresses individual employee participation and incentives, believing that this emphasis has helped attract and retain a competent and motivated workforce. The company'sCompany's human resources group provides employee recruitment, education and development, as well as compensation planning and counseling. Additionally, there have been no work stoppages or labor disputes in the company'sCompany's history. As of June 3, 2017,1, 2019, approximately 155 percent of the company'sCompany's employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements, most of whom are employees of its Nemschoff Herman Miller Ningbo and Herman Miller DongguanHoldings Limited subsidiaries.

As of June 3, 2017,1, 2019, the companyCompany had 7,478approximately 8,000 employees, representing a 24 percent decreaseincrease as compared with May 28, 2016.June 2, 2018. In addition to its employee workforce, the companyCompany uses temporary labor to meet uneven demand in its manufacturing operations.

Information about International Operations
The company'sCompany's sales in international markets are made primarily to office/institutional customers. Foreign sales consist mostly of office furniture products such as Aeron®, Mirra®, Sayl®, Setu®, Layout Studio®, Imagine Desking System®, Ratio®, other seating and storage products (including POSH products) and ergonomic accessories Colebrook, Bosson and Saunders.such as the Flo® monitor arm. The companyCompany conducts business in the following major international markets: Canada, Europe, the Middle East, Africa, Latin America and the Asia/Pacific region.

The company'sCompany's products currently sold in international markets are manufactured by wholly owned subsidiaries in the United States, the United Kingdom, China, Brazil and India. Sales are made through wholly owned subsidiaries or branches in Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, Korea, Mexico, Australia, Singapore, China (including Hong Kong), India Brazil and the Netherlands.Brazil. The company'sCompany's products are offered in Canada, Europe, the Middle East, Africa, Latin America and the Asia/Pacific region through dealers.

Additional information with respect to operations by geographic area appears in Note 1314 of the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this report. Fluctuating exchange rates and factors beyond the control of the company,Company, such as tariff and foreign economic policies, may affect future results of international operations. Refer to Item 7A, Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk, for further discussion regarding the company'sCompany's foreign exchange risk.

Available Information
The company'sCompany's annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports are made available free of charge through the “Investors” section of the company'sCompany's internet website at www.hermanmiller.com, as soon as practicable after such material is electronically filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). The company'sCompany's filings with the SEC are also available for the public to read via the SEC's internet website at www.sec.gov. You may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.


Item 1A Risk Factors

The following risk factors and other information included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K should be carefully considered. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face; others, either unforeseen or currently deemed less significant, may also have a negative impact on our company.Company. If any of the following actually occurs, our business, operating results, cash flows, and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

We may not be successful in implementing and managing our growth strategy.

We have established a growth strategy for the business based on a changing and evolving world. Through this strategy we are focused on taking advantage of the changing composition of the office floor plate, the greater desire for customization from our customers, new technologies  and trends towards urbanization.

To that end, we intend to grow in certain targeted ways. First, we will scaleunlock the Consumer businesspower of One Herman Miller by continuing to transform the DWR retail studio footprint, whichbuilding an agile, collaborative, globally-connected organization fit for continuous evolution. This will be complemented by a continued focus on improving margins through the development of exclusive product designsalso include simplifying and leveraging additional sales intailoring our contract, catalog and digital channels. Second, we will elevate our research-based Living Office framework to the next level by accelerating its evolution, through adding new products and technology solutions,go-to-market approach, as well as performing research that quantifies the positive impactcontinuing to organizations from applying these concepts.lead in product innovation across all businesses. Second, we intend to build a customer-centric, digitally enabled business model by leveraging our deep understanding of customer journeys to deliver inspired products and frictionless customer experiences. Inclusive of this will be to drive step-change in our data, analytics, marketing, and brand capabilities, as well as to strengthen our core technology backbone. Third, we intend to leverageaccelerate profitable growth by strengthening and evolving our core contract business, driving outsized growth in our international business, and expanding our retail business. Finally, we believe it is a business imperative to reinforce our commitment to our people, planet and communities in a more integrated way than ever before. Beyond simply being the dealer eco-system through a focused selling effort with enhanced digital platformsright thing to do, we are confident that elevating our focus on positive social and environmental business practices will make it easierpositively impact our customers and enhance returns for our contract customers and dealer partners to find, specify and order products from any brand withinshareholders over the company. Fourth, we will implement cost savings initiatives aimed at achieving between $25 million and $35 million in gross annual cost reductions by fiscal 2020. Finally, we will continue to deliver innovation. With the alignment of creative direction and new product commercialization under common leadership, we will further reduce our time to market and ensure design and development at Herman Miller responds to our customers most critical needs through a robust pipeline of new products and solutions.long term.

While we have confidence that our strategic plan reflects opportunities that are appropriate and achievable and that we have anticipated and will manage the associated risks, there is the possibility that the strategy may not deliver the projected results due to inadequate execution, incorrect assumptions, sub-optimal resource allocation, or changing customer requirements.

There is no assurance that our current product and service offering will allow us toTo meet these goals. Accordingly,goals, we believe we will be required to continually invest in the research, design, and development of new products and services. Thereservices, and there is no assurance that such investments will have commercially successful results.

Certain growth opportunities may require us to invest in acquisitions, alliances, and the startup of new business ventures. These investments, if available, may not perform according to plan and may involve the assumption of business, operational, or other risks that are new to our business.

Future efforts to expand our business within developing economies, particularly within China and India, may expose us to the effects of political and economic instability. Such instability may impact our ability to compete for business. It may also put the availability and/or value of our capital investments within these regions at risk. These expansion efforts expose us to operating environments with complex, changing, and in some cases, inconsistently-applied legal and regulatory requirements. Developing knowledge and understanding of these requirements poses a significant challenge and failure to remain compliant with them could limit our ability to continue doing business in these locations.

Pursuing our strategic plan in new and adjacent markets, as well as within developing economies, will require us to find effective new channels of distribution. There is no assurance that we can develop or otherwise identify these channels of distribution.

Tariffs imposed by the U.S. government could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
The imposition of tariffs by the U.S. government on various products imported from certain countries, as well as countering tariffs on the export of U.S. goods, has and will likely continue to adversely impact the cost of certain of our raw materials and finished goods as well as products that we export to other countries. Accordingly, these tariffs and the possibility of broader trade conflicts stemming from the tariffs could negatively impact our business in the future. The tariffs on imports, most notably imports from China, also impacted the cost of steel in fiscal year 2019, a key commodity that we consume in producing products. Given the significance of steel costs to our direct materials costs, we are closely monitoring escalating trade tensions between the U.S. and China. That said, the potential impact to our direct material costs due to tariffs on Chinese imports is somewhat limited, as purchases of direct materials (mainly component parts and products manufactured by third parties) from China represented an estimated 5% of our consolidated cost of sales for fiscal 2019. Going forward, continued or increased tariffs could negatively impact our gross margin and operating performance. These factors also have the potential to significantly impact global trade and economic conditions in many of the regions where we do business.



Adverse economic and industry conditions could have a negative impact on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Customer demand within the contract office furniture industry is affected by various macro-economic factors; general corporate profitability, white-collarservice sector employment levels, new office construction rates, and existing office vacancy rates are among the most influential factors. History has shown that declines in these measures can have an adverse effect on overall office furniture demand. We are subject to income taxes in the U.S. (federal and state) and numerous foreign jurisdictions. The U.S., the European Union and a number of other countries are actively pursuing changes to fiscal and tax policies. Such tax reforms, if enacted, could have a material effect on our business, operating results or financial position. Additionally, factors and changes specific to our industry, such as developments in technology, governmental standards and regulations, and health and safety issues can influence demand. There are current and future economic and industry conditions that could adversely affect our business, operating results, or financial condition.

Other macroeconomic developments, such as the United Kingdom referendum on European Union membership (commonly known as Brexit), the debt crisis in certain countries in the European Union, and the economic slow down in oil producing regions such as the Middle East could negatively affect the company'sCompany's ability to conduct business in those geographies. The current political and economic uncertainty relating to Brexit brings caution to the Company’s customer base as capital investments are potentially put on hold pending the outcome of the negotiations. Furthermore, concerns exist relating to potential tariffs and customs regulations and the potential for short term logistics disruption as any such changes are implemented. This will impact both the Company's suppliers and customers, including distributors, and could result in product delays and inventory issues. Further uncertainty in the United Kingdom surrounding European Union membershipmarketplace also bring risk to accounts receivable and ongoingcould result in delays in collection and greater bad debt pressures in certain European countries could causeexpense. There also remains a risk for the value of the British Pound and/or the Euro to further deteriorate, reducing the purchasing power of customers in these regions and potentially undermining


the financial health of the company'sCompany's suppliers and customers in other parts of the world. Financial difficulties experienced by the company's suppliers and customers, including distributors, could result in product delays and inventory issues; risks to accounts receivable could result in delays in collection and greater bad debt expense.

The markets in which we operate are highly competitive and we may not be successful in winning new business.
We are one of several companies competing for new business within the furniture industry. Many of our competitors offer similar categories of products, including office seating, systems and freestanding office furniture, casegoods, storage as well as residential, education and healthcare furniture solutions. Although we believe that our innovative product design, functionality, quality, depth of knowledge, and strong network of distribution partners differentiate us in the marketplace, increased market pricing pressure could make it difficult for us to win new business with certain customers and within certain market segments at acceptable profit margins.

The retail furnishings market is highly competitive. We compete with national and regional furniture retailers and department stores. In addition, we compete with mail order catalogs and online retailers focused on home furnishings. We compete with these and other retailers for customers, suitable retail locations, vendors, qualified employees, and management personnel. Some of our competitors have significantly greater financial, marketing and other resources than we possess. This may result in our competitors being quicker at the following: adapting to changes, devoting greater resources to the marketing and sale of their products, generating greater national brand recognition, or adopting more aggressive pricing and promotional policies.policies, including free shipping offers. In addition, increased catalog mailings and/or digital marketing campaigns by our competitors may adversely affect response rates to our own catalog mailings.marketing efforts. As a result, increased competition may adversely affect our future financial performance.

Our business presence outside the United States exposes us to certain risks that could negatively affect our results of operations and financial condition.
We have significant manufacturing and sales operations in the United Kingdom, which represents our largest marketplace outside the United States. We also have manufacturing operations in China, India and India.Brazil. Additionally, our products are sold internationally through wholly-ownedwholly owned subsidiaries or branches in various countries including Canada, Japan, Korea, Mexico, Brazil, France, Germany, Italy, Netherlands, Japan, Australia, Singapore, China (including Hong KongKong), India and India. In certain other regions of the world, ourBrazil. The Company's products are offered primarilyin Europe, the Middle East, Africa, Latin America and the Asia/Pacific region through independent dealerships.dealers.

Doing business internationally exposes us to certain risks, many of which are beyond our control and could potentially impact our ability to design, develop, manufacture, or sell products in certain countries. These factors could include, but would not necessarily be limited to:

Political, social, and economic conditions
Global trade conflicts and trade policies
Legal and regulatory requirements
Labor and employment practices
Cultural practices and norms
Natural disasters
Security and health concerns
Protection of intellectual property
Changes in foreign currency exchange rates

In some countries, the currencies in which we import and export products can differ. Fluctuations in the rate of exchange between these currencies could negatively impact our business and our financial performance. Additionally, tariff and import regulations, international tax policies and rates, and changes in U.S. and international monetary policies may have an adverse impact on results of operations and financial condition.



We are Subjectsubject to Risksrisks and Costs Associatedcosts associated with Protectingprotecting the Integrityintegrity and Securitysecurity of Our Systemsour systems and Confidential Information.confidential information.
We collect certain customer-specific data, including credit card information, in connection with orders placed through our e-commerce websites, direct-mail catalog marketing program, and DWR retail studios. For these sales channels to function and develop successfully, we and other parties involved in processing customer transactions must be able to transmit confidential information, including credit card information and other personal information regarding our customers, securely over public and private networks. Third parties may have or develop the technology or knowledge to breach, disable, disrupt or interfere with our systems or processes or those of our vendors. Although we take the security of our systems and the privacy of our customers’ confidentialpersonal information seriously and we believe we take reasonable steps to protect the security and confidentiality of the information we collect, we cannot guarantee that our security measures will effectively prevent others from obtaining unauthorized access to our information and our customers’ information. The techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to systems change frequently and are not often recognized until after they have been launched.

Any person who circumvents our security measures could destroy or steal valuable information or disrupt our operations. Any security breach could cause consumers to lose confidence in the security of our information systems, including our e-commerce websites or storesretail studios and choose not to purchase from us. Any security breach could also expose us to risks of data loss, litigation, regulatory investigations, and other significant liabilities. Such a breach could also seriously disrupt, slow or hinder our operations and harm our reputation and customer relationships, any of which could harm our business.



A security breach includes a third party wrongfully gaining unauthorized access to our systems for the purpose of misappropriating assets or sensitive information, loading corrupting data, or causing operational disruption. These actions may lead to a significant disruption of the company’sCompany’s IT systems and/or cause the loss of business and business information resulting in an adverse business impact, including: (1) an adverse impact on future financial results due to theft, destruction, loss misappropriation, or release of confidential data or intellectual property; (2) operational or business delays resulting from the disruption of IT systems, and subsequent clean-up and mitigation activities; and (3) negative publicity resulting in reputation or brand damage with customers, partners or industry peers.

In addition, states and the federal government are increasingly enacting laws and regulations to protect consumers against identity theft. Also, as our business expands globally, we are subject to data privacy and other similar laws in various foreign jurisdictions. If we are the target of a cybersecurity attack resulting in unauthorized disclosure of our customer data, we may be required to undertake costly notification procedures. Compliance with these laws will likely increase the costs of doing business. If we fail to implement appropriate safeguards or to detect and provide prompt notice of unauthorized access as required by some of these laws, we could be subject to potential fines, claims for damages and other remedies, which could harm our business.

A sustained downturn in the economy could adversely impact our access to capital.
The disruptions in the global economic and financial markets of the last decade adversely impacted the broader financial and credit markets, at times reducing the availability of debt and equity capital for the market as a whole. Conditions such as these could re-emerge in the future. Accordingly, our ability to access the capital markets could be restricted at a time when we would like, or need, to access those markets, which could have an adverse impact on our flexibility to react to changing economic and business conditions. The resulting lack of available credit, increased volatility in the financial markets and reduced business activity could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, our ability to take advantage of market opportunities and our ability to obtain and manage our liquidity. In addition, the cost of debt financing and the proceeds of equity financing may be materially and adversely impacted by these market conditions. The extent of any impact would depend on several factors, including our operating cash flows, the duration of tight credit conditions and volatile equity markets, our credit capacity, the cost of financing, and other general economic and business conditions. Our credit agreements contain performance covenants, such as a limit on the ratio of debt to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, and limits on subsidiary debt and incurrence of liens. Although we believe none of these covenants is currently restrictive to our operations, our ability to meet the financial covenants can be affected by events beyond our control.

Disruptions in the supply of raw and component materials could adversely affect our manufacturing and assembly operations.
We rely on outside suppliers to provide on-time shipments of the various raw materials and component parts used in our manufacturing and assembly processes. The timeliness of these deliveries is critical to our ability to meet customer demand. Any disruptions in this flow of delivery may have a negative impact on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Increases in the market prices of manufacturing materials may negatively affect our profitability.
The costs of certain manufacturing materials used in our operations are sensitive to shifts in commodity market prices.prices, include the impact of the U.S. and retaliatory tariffs previously noted. In particular, the costs of steel, plastic, aluminum components, and particleboard are sensitive to the market prices of commodities such as raw steel, aluminum, crude oil, lumber, and resins. Increases in the market prices of these commodities, such as what we experienced throughoutearlier in fiscal 20172019 for steel, may have an adverse impact on our profitability if we are unable to offset them with strategic sourcing, continuous improvement initiatives or increased prices to our customers.



Disruptions within our dealer network could adversely affect our business.
Our ability to manage existing relationships within our network of independent dealers is crucial to our ongoing success. Although the loss of any single dealer would not have a material adverse effect on the overall business, our business within a given market could be negatively affectedimpacted by disruptions in our dealer network caused by the termination of commercial working relationships, ownership transitions, or dealer financial difficulties.

If dealers go out of business or restructure, we may suffer losses because they may not be able to pay for products already delivered to them. Also, dealers may experience financial difficulties, creating the need for outside financial support, which may not be easily obtained. In the past, we have, on occasion, agreed to provide direct financial assistance through term loans, lines of credit, and/or loan guarantees to certain dealers. Those activities increase our financial exposure.

We are unable to control many of the factors affecting consumer spending, and declinesspending. Declines in consumer spending on furnishings could reduce demand for our products.
The operations of our ConsumerRetail segment are sensitive to a number of factors that influence consumer spending, including general economic conditions, consumer disposable income, unemployment, inclement weather, availability of consumer credit, consumer debt levels, conditions


in the housing market, interest rates, sales tax rates and rate increases, inflation, and consumer confidence in future economic conditions. Adverse changes in these factors may reduce consumer demand for our products, resulting in reduced sales and profitability.

A number of factors that affect our ability to successfully implement our retail studio strategy, including opening new locations and closing existing studios, are beyond our control. These factors may harm our ability to increase the sales and profitability of our retail operations.
Approximately 5550 percent of the sales within our ConsumerRetail segment are transacted within our DWR retail studios. Additionally, we believe our retail studios have a direct influence on the volume of business transacted through other channels, including our consumer e-commerce and direct-mail catalog platforms, as many customers utilize these physical spaces to view and experience products prior to placing an order online or through the catalog call center. Our ability to open additional studios or close existing studios successfully will depend upon a number of factors beyond our control, including:

General economic conditions
Identification and availability of suitable studio locations
Success in negotiating new leases and amending or terminating existing leases on acceptable terms
The success of other retailers in and around our retail locations
Ability to secure required governmental permits and approvals
Hiring and training skilled studio operating personnel
Landlord financial stability

Increasing competition for highly skilled and talented workers could adversely affect our business.
The successful implementation of our business strategy depends, in part, on our ability to attract and retain a skilled workforce. The increasing competition for highly skilled and talented employees could result in higher compensation costs, difficulties in maintaining a capable workforce, and leadership succession planning challenges.

Costs related to product defects could adversely affect our profitability.
We incur various expenses related to product defects, including product warranty costs, product recall and retrofit costs, and product liability costs. These expenses relative to product sales vary and could increase. We maintain reserves for product defect-related costs based on estimates and our knowledge of circumstances that indicate the need for such reserves. We cannot, however, be certain that these reserves will be adequate to cover actual product defect-related claims in the future. Any significant increase in the rate of our product defect expenses could have a material adverse effect on operations.

We are subject to risks associated with self-insurance related to health benefits.
We are self-insured for our health benefits and maintain per employee stop loss coverage; however, we retain the insurable risk at an aggregate level. Therefore unforeseen or catastrophic losses in excess of our insured limits could have a material adverse effect on the company’sCompany’s financial condition and operating results. See Note 1 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding the company’sCompany’s retention level.



Government and other regulations could adversely affect our business.
Government and other regulations apply to the manufacture and sale of many of our products. Failure to comply with these regulations or failure to obtain approval of products from certifying agencies could adversely affect the sales of these products and have a material negative impact on operating results.



Item 1B Unresolved Staff Comments

None



Item 2 Properties

The companyCompany owns or leases facilities located throughout the United States and several foreign countries. The location, square footage and use of the most significant facilities at June 3, 20171, 2019 were as follows:

Owned Locations
Square
Footage

 Use
Zeeland, Michigan750,800770,800
 Manufacturing, Warehouse, Office
Spring Lake, Michigan582,700582,800
 Manufacturing, Warehouse, Office
Holland, Michigan357,400
 Warehouse
Holland, Michigan293,100
 Manufacturing, Office
Dongguan, China*269,000
Manufacturing, Office
Holland, Michigan238,200
 Office, Design
Dongguan, China431,600
Manufacturing, Office
Sheboygan, Wisconsin207,700
 Manufacturing, Warehouse, Office
Melksham, United Kingdom170,000
 Manufacturing, Warehouse, Office
Hildebran, North Carolina93,000
 Manufacturing, Office
    
Leased Locations
Square
Footage

 Use
Batavia, Ohio**617,600
Warehouse
Dongguan, China*429,300
Manufacturing, Office
Hebron, KentuckyKentucky**316,800423,700
 Warehouse
Atlanta, Georgia180,200
 Manufacturing, Warehouse, Office
Bangalore, India104,800
 Manufacturing, Warehouse
Ningbo, China185,100
Manufacturing, Warehouse, Office
Yaphank, New York92,000
 Warehouse, Office
New York City, New York59,00066,600
 Office, Retail
Hong Kong, China54,400
 Warehouse
Brooklyn, New York39,400
 Warehouse, Retail
Stamford, Connecticut35,300
 Office, Retail

As of June 3, 2017,1, 2019, the companyCompany leased 31 DWR39 retail studios including(including 36 operating under the DWR brand, 2 under the HAY brand, and a Herman Miller Flagship store in New YorkYork) that totaled approximately 320,000400,000 square feet of selling space. The companyCompany also maintains administrative and sales offices and showrooms in various other locations throughout North America, Europe, Asia/Pacific and Latin America. The companyCompany considers its existing facilities to be in good condition and adequate for its design, production, distribution, and selling requirements.

* On March 14, 2018, the Company announced a facilities consolidation plan related to its China Manufacturing facilities. Plans are underway to close and consolidate the owned and leased Dongguan facilities into a new leased facility in Dongguan. The Company expects the facilities consolidation to be completed by the first quarter of fiscal 2020.

** In fiscal 2019, the Company began the transition of its leased Hebron, Kentucky distribution center to a new leased distribution center in Batavia, Ohio. The Company expects the transition to be completed by the second quarter of fiscal 2020.


Item 3 Legal Proceedings

The companyCompany is involved in legal proceedings and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the outcome of such proceedings and litigation currently pending will not materially affect the company’sCompany’s consolidated operations, cash flows and financial condition.

Additional Item: Executive Officers of the Registrant

Certain information relating to Executive Officers of the companyCompany as of June 3, 20171, 2019 is as follows.follows:
NameAgeYear Elected an Executive OfficerPosition with the CompanyAgeYear Elected an Executive OfficerPosition with the Company
Brian C. Walker551996President and Chief Executive Officer
Andrew J. Lock632003President, Herman Miller International
Andrea R. Owen542018President and Chief Executive Officer
Jeremy Hocking582017President, International Contract
Gregory J. Bylsma522009President, North America Contract542009President, North America Contract
Steven C. Gane622009President, Specialty Brands
Jeffrey M. Stutz462009Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer482009Chief Financial Officer
B. Ben Watson522010Chief Creative Officer542010Chief Creative Officer
Michael F. Ramirez522011Executive Vice President, People, Places & Administration
H. Timothy Lopez462014Senior Vice President of Legal Services, General Counsel and Secretary
Jacqueline H. Rice472019General Counsel
John McPhee542015President, Herman Miller Consumer562015President, Retail
John Edelman502015Chief Executive Officer, Herman Miller Consumer
Kevin Veltman422015Vice President, Investor Relations & Treasurer442015Vice President, Investor Relations & Treasurer
Jeremy Hocking562017Executive Vice President, Strategy and Business Development
Jeffrey L. Kurburski522018Chief Technology Officer
Benjamin P.T. Groom352019Chief Digital Officer
Leander D. LeSure532019Chief Human Resource Officer
Megan Lyon392019Chief Strategy Officer

Except as discussed below, each of the named officers has served the companyCompany in an executive capacity for more than five years.

Mr. Edelman joined Herman Miller, Inc. in 2015 subsequent to the company's acquisition of DWR. Prior to joining DWR as President and Chief Executive Officer in 2010, he served as President and CEO of Edelman Leather and Sam & Libby, Inc., where he was responsible for its U.S. business.

Mr. McPhee joined Herman Miller, Inc. in 2015 subsequent toin connection with the company'sCompany's acquisition of DWR. Prior to that, he served in various roles at DWR including Chief Operating Officer and President from 2010. Mr. McPhee previously held senior management positions with Edelman Leather, Candie's, Inc. and Sam & Libby, Inc.

Mr. Veltman joined Herman Miller, Inc. in 2014 and serves as Vice President - Investor Relations and Treasurer. Prior to joining Herman Miller, he spent 8 years at BISSELL, Inc, most recently as Vice President - Finance.

Mr. LopezMs. Owen joined Herman Miller, Inc. in 20122018 and serves as SeniorPresident and Chief Executive Officer. Prior to joining Herman Miller, Ms. Owen spent twenty-five years at The Gap, Inc. where she most recently served as Global President of Banana Republic.
Mr. Groom joined Herman Miller, Inc. in 2019 and serves as Chief Digital Officer. Prior to joining Herman Miller, Mr. Groom spent six years with The Boston Consulting Group where he was a Principal member of the firm’s Technology Advantage, Retail and Consumer practices.
Ms. Rice joined Herman Miller, Inc. in 2019 and serves as General Counsel. Prior to joining Herman Miller, Ms. Rice served as Executive Vice President, of Legal Services, GeneralChief Risk & Compliance Officer at Target Corporation as well as Senior Counsel and Secretary.Chief Compliance Officer at General Motors Co.

Mr. LeSure joined Herman Miller, Inc. in 2019 and serves as Chief Human Resources Officer. Prior to joining Herman Miller, Mr. LeSure served as the Chief Human Resources Officer at Getty Images, Inc. He also served in Human Resource Leadership roles at Western Union and American Express.
Ms. Lyon joined Herman Miller, Inc. in 2019 and serves as Chief Strategy Officer. Prior to joining Herman Miller, Ms. Lyon spent eleven years with The Boston Consulting Group where she was a Partner and Managing Director leading the firm’s West Coast Consumer and Retail Practice.
There are no family relationships between or among the above-named executive officers. There are no arrangements or understandings between any of the above-named officers pursuant to which any of them was named an officer.



Item 4 Mine Safety Disclosures-

Not applicable



PART II

Item 5 Market for the Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Share Price, Earnings, and Dividends Summary
Herman Miller, Inc. common stock is traded on the NASDAQ-Global Select Market System (Symbol: MLHR). As of July 27, 2017,25, 2019, there were approximately 19,50033,000 record holders, including individual participants in security position listings, of the company'sCompany's common stock.

The high low and closinglow market prices of the company'sCompany's common stock, dividends and diluted earnings per share for each quarterly period during the past two years were as follows:
Per Share and Unaudited


Market
Price
High
(at close)

 
Market
Price
Low
(at close)

 
Market
Price
Close

 
Earnings
Per Share-
Diluted

 
Dividends
Declared Per
Share

Market
Price
High
(at close)

 
Market
Price
Low
(at close)

 
Market
Price
Close

 
Earnings
Per Share-
Diluted

 
Dividends
Declared Per
Share

Year ended June 3, 2017:         
Year ended June 1, 2019:         
First quarter$36.46
 $27.87
 $35.94
 $0.60
 $0.1700
$40.10
 $32.75
 $38.30
 $0.60
 $0.1975
Second quarter36.14
 26.99
 32.65
 0.53
 0.1700
40.65
 31.38
 33.86
 0.66
 0.1975
Third quarter36.45
 29.75
 30.45
 0.37
 0.1700
37.62
 28.66
 36.89
 0.66
 0.1975
Fourth quarter34.05
 28.55
 32.70
 0.55
 0.1700
39.70
 33.94
 35.49
 0.78
 0.1975
Year$36.46
 $26.99
 $32.70
 $2.05
 $0.6800
$40.65
 $28.66
 $35.49
 $2.70
 $0.7900
Year ended May 28, 2016:         
Year ended June 2, 2018:         
First quarter$30.50
 $26.75
 $26.99
 $0.56
 $0.1475
$35.30
 $29.25
 $34.00
 $0.55
 $0.1800
Second quarter32.69
 26.28
 32.14
 0.57
 0.1475
37.00
 32.05
 34.55
 0.55
 0.1800
Third quarter32.11
 22.92
 26.29
 0.46
 0.1475
41.84
 33.65
 36.75
 0.49
 0.1800
Fourth quarter31.64
 26.09
 31.64
 0.67
 0.1475
39.20
 29.95
 32.85
 0.53
 0.1800
Year$32.69
 $22.92
 $31.64
 $2.26
 $0.5900
$41.84
 $29.25
 $32.85
 $2.12
 $0.7200

Dividends were declared and paid quarterly during fiscal 20172019 and 20162018 as approved by the Board of Directors.

On June 26, 2019 the company's board of directors approved an increase in the quarterly dividend up to $0.21 per share. The payment will be made on October 15, 2019 to shareholders of record at the close of business on August 31, 2019. While it is anticipated that the companyCompany will continue to pay quarterly cash dividends, the amount and timing of such dividends is subject to the discretion of the Board depending on the company'sCompany's future results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements and other relevant factors.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
The following is a summary of share repurchase activity during the company'sCompany's fourth fiscal quarter ended June 3, 2017.1, 2019:
Period
(a) Total Number of
 Shares (or Units) Purchased

 
(b) Average Price Paid
 per Share or Unit

 (c) Total Number of Share (or Units) Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs
 
(d) Maximum Number (or Approximate Dollar Value) of Shares(or Units) that May Yet be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs (1) 

3/5/17 - 4/1/17
 
 
 $115,162,898
4/2/17 - 4/29/17146,255
 32.17
 146,255
 $110,457,467
4/30/17 - 6/3/1758,697
 33.04
 58,697
 $108,517,876
Total204,952
 

 204,952
  

Period
Total Number of
 Shares (or Units) Purchased

 Average Price Paid per Share or Unit
 Total Number of Shares (or Units) Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs
 
Maximum Number (or Approximate Dollar Value) of Shares (or Units) that May Yet be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs (1) 

3/3/19-3/30/1911,253
 34.95
 11,253
 $268,232,481
3/31/19-4/27/1960,815
 36.61
 60,815
 $266,006,033
4/28/19-6/1/1947,498
 37.56
 47,498
 $264,222,017
Total119,566
 

 119,566
  
(1) Amounts are as of the end of the period indicated

The companyCompany has atwo share repurchase planplans authorized by the Board of Directors on September 28,25, 2007 and January 16, 2019, which providedprovide share repurchase authorization of $300,000,000$550.0 million with no specified expiration date.

No repurchase The approximate dollar value of shares available for purchase under the plans expired or were terminated during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017.at June 1, 2019 was $264.2 million.

During the period covered by this report, the companyCompany did not sell any shares of common stock that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933.


Stockholder Return Performance Graph
Set forth below is a line graph comparing the yearly percentage change in the cumulative total stockholder return on the company'sCompany's common stock with that of the cumulative total return of the Standard & Poor's 500 Stock Index and the NASD Non-Financial Index for the five-year period ended June 3, 20171, 2019. The graph assumes an investment of $100 on June 3, 20124, 2014 in the company'sCompany's common stock, the Standard & Poor's 500 Stock Index and the NASD Non-Financial Index, with dividends reinvested.

graph.jpg
2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 20172014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Herman Miller, Inc.$100
 $159
 $180
 $163
 $189
 $199
$100
 $90
 $105
 $111
 $114
 $126
S&P 500 Index$100
 $128
 $151
 $165
 $164
 $191
$100
 $110
 $109
 $127
 $142
 $143
NASD Non-Financial$100
 $128
 $159
 $192
 $189
 $240
$100
 $121
 $119
 $159
 $187
 $186

Information required by this item is also contained in Item 12 of this report.



Item 6 Selected Financial Data
Review of Operations                   
(In millions, except key ratios and per share data)2017 2016 2015 2014 2013 2019 2018 2017 2016 2015
Operating Results                   
Net sales$2,278.2
 $2,264.9
 $2,142.2
 $1,882.0
 $1,774.9
 $2,567.2
 $2,381.2
 $2,278.2
 $2,264.9
 $2,142.2
Gross margin864.2
 874.2
 791.4
 631.0
 605.2
 929.9
 873.0
 864.2
 874.2
 791.4
Selling, general, and administrative (8)(1)
600.3
 585.6
 556.6
 590.8
 430.4
 649.5
 621.0
 587.5
 585.6
 556.6
Design and research73.1
 77.1
 71.4
 65.9
 59.9
 76.9
 73.1
 73.1
 77.1
 71.4
Operating earnings (loss)190.8
 211.5
 163.4
 (25.7) 114.9
 
Earnings (loss) before income taxes177.6
 196.6
 145.2
 (43.4) 97.2
 
Net earnings (loss)124.1
 137.5
 98.1
 (22.1) 68.2
 
Cash flow from operating activities202.1
 210.4
 167.7
 90.1
 136.5
 
Cash flow used in investing activities(116.3) (80.8) (213.6) (48.2) (209.7) 
Cash flow (used in) provided by financing activities(74.6) (106.5) 6.8
 (22.4) (16.0) 
Operating earnings203.5
 178.9
 191.1
 211.5
 163.4
Earnings before income taxes195.1
 168.1
 177.6
 196.6
 145.2
Net earnings160.5
 128.7
 124.1
 137.5
 98.1
Net cash provided by operating activities216.4
 166.5
 202.1
 210.4
 167.7
Net cash used in investing activities(165.0) (62.7) (116.3) (80.8) (213.6)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities(91.9) 2.5
 (74.6) (106.5) 6.8
Depreciation and amortization58.9
 53.0
 49.8
 42.4
 37.5
 72.1
 66.9
 58.9
 53.0
 49.8
Capital expenditures87.3
 85.1
 63.6
 40.8
 50.2
 85.8
 70.6
 87.3
 85.1
 63.6
Common stock repurchased plus cash dividends paid63.2
 49.0
 37.0
 43.0
 22.7
 93.5
 88.9
 63.1
 49.0
 37.0
                   
Key Ratios                   
Sales growth0.6 % 5.7% 13.8% 6.0 % 2.9 % 7.8% 4.5% 0.6 % 5.7% 13.8%
Gross margin (1)(2)
37.9
 38.6
 36.9
 33.5
 34.1
 36.2
 36.7
 37.9
 38.6
 36.9
Selling, general, and administrative (1) (8)(2)
26.3
 25.9
 26.0
 31.4
 24.3
 25.3
 26.1
 25.8
 25.9
 26.0
Design and research (1)(2)
3.2
 3.4
 3.3
 3.5
 3.4
 3.0
 3.1
 3.2
 3.4
 3.3
Operating earnings (1)(2)
8.4
 9.3
 7.6
 (1.4) 6.5
 7.9
 7.5
 8.4
 9.3
 7.6
Net earnings growth (decline)(9.7) 40.2
 543.9
 (132.4) (9.3) 24.7
 3.7
 (9.7) 40.2
 543.9
After-tax return on net sales (4)(3)
5.4
 6.1
 4.6
 (1.2) 3.8
 6.3
 5.4
 5.4
 6.1
 4.6
After-tax return on average assets (5)(4)
9.8
 11.3
 9.0
 (2.3) 7.6
 10.5
 9.2
 9.8
 11.3
 9.0
After-tax return on average equity (6)(5)
22.3 % 29.1% 25.0% (6.5)% 24.7 % 23.2% 20.6% 22.3 % 29.1% 25.0%
                   
Share and Per Share Data                   
Earnings (loss) per share-diluted$2.05
 $2.26
 $1.62
 $(0.37) $1.16
 
Earnings per share-diluted$2.70
 $2.12
 $2.05
 $2.26
 $1.62
Cash dividends declared per share0.68
 0.59
 0.56
 0.53
 0.43
 0.79
 0.72
 0.68
 0.59
 0.56
Book value per share at year end (9)(6)
9.82
 8.76
 7.04
 6.14
 5.31
 12.23
 11.22
 9.84
 8.76
 7.04
Market price per share at year end32.70
 31.64
 27.70
 31.27
 28.11
 35.49
 32.85
 32.70
 31.64
 27.70
Weighted average shares outstanding-diluted60.6
 60.5
 60.1
 59.0
 58.8
 59.4
 60.3
 60.6
 60.5
 60.1
                   
Financial Condition                   
Total assets$1,306.3
 $1,235.2
 $1,192.7
 $995.6
 $951.2
 $1,569.3
 $1,479.5
 $1,306.3
 $1,235.2
 $1,192.7
Working capital (3)(7)
106.2
 90.5
 110.1
 83.2
 96.8
 215.2
 231.6
 106.2
 90.5
 110.1
Current ratio (2)(8)
1.3
 1.2
 1.3
 1.2
 1.3
 1.5
 1.6
 1.3
 1.2
 1.3
Interest-bearing debt and related swap agreements (10)
197.8
 221.9
 290.0
 250.0
 250.0
 
Interest-bearing debt and related swap agreements (9)
282.8
 265.1
 197.8
 221.9
 290.0
Stockholders' equity587.7
 524.7
 420.3
 364.3
 311.7
 719.2
 664.8
 587.7
 524.7
 420.3
Total capital (7)
785.5
 746.6
 710.3
 614.3
 561.7
 
Total capital (10)
1,002.0
 929.9
 785.5
 746.6
 710.3
(1) Shown as a percent of net sales.
(2) Calculated using current assets divided by current liabilities.
(3) Calculated using current assets less non-interest bearing current liabilities.
(4) Calculated as net earnings (loss) divided by net sales.
(5) Calculated as net earnings (loss) divided by average assets.
(6) Calculated as net earnings (loss) divided by average equity.
(7) Calculated as interest-bearing debt plus stockholders' equity.
(8) Selling, general, and administrative expenses include restructuring and impairment expenses in years that are applicable.
(9)(2) Shown as a percent of net sales.
(3) Calculated as net earnings divided by net sales.
(4) Calculated as net earnings divided by average assets.
(5) Calculated as net earnings divided by average equity.
(6) Calculated as total stockholders' equity divided by common shares of stock outstanding.
(10)(7) Calculated using current assets less non-interest bearing current liabilities.
(8) Calculated using current assets divided by current liabilities.
(9) Amounts shown include the fair market value of the company’sCompany’s interest rate swap arrangement(s). The net fair value of this/these arrangement(s) was/were $0.9 million at June 1, 2019, $(9.9) million at June 2, 2018, and $(2.1) million at June 3, 2017, $1.2 million at May 29, 2010, $2.4 million at May 30, 2009, $0.5 million at May 31, 2008,2017.
(10) Calculated as interest-bearing debt and $(1.8) million at June 2, 2007.related swap agreements plus stockholders' equity.



Review of Operations           
(In millions, except key ratios and per share data)2012 2011 2010 2009 2008 2007
Operating Results           
Net sales$1,724.1
 $1,649.2
 $1,318.8
 $1,630.0
 $2,012.1
 $1,918.9
Gross margin590.6
 538.1
 428.5
 527.7
 698.7
 645.9
Selling, general, and administrative (8)
400.3
 369.0
 334.4
 359.2
 400.9
 395.8
Design and research52.7
 45.8
 40.5
 45.7
 51.2
 52.0
Operating earnings137.6
 123.3
 53.6
 122.8
 246.6
 198.1
Earnings before income taxes119.5
 102.5
 34.8
 98.9
 230.4
 187.0
Net earnings75.2
 70.8
 28.3
 68.0
 152.3
 129.1
Cash flow from operating activities90.1
 89.0
 98.7
 91.7
 213.6
 137.7
Cash flow used in investing activities(58.4) (31.4) (77.6) (29.5) (51.0) (37.4)
Cash flow used in financing activities(1.6) (50.2) (78.9) (16.5) (86.5) (131.5)
Depreciation and amortization37.2
 39.1
 42.6
 41.7
 43.2
 41.2
Capital expenditures28.5
 30.5
 22.3
 25.3
 40.5
 41.3
Common stock repurchased plus cash dividends paid7.9
 6.0
 5.7
 19.5
 287.9
 185.6
            
Key Ratios           
Sales growth (decline)4.5% 25.1% (19.1)% (19.0)% 4.9% 10.5%
Gross margin (1)
34.3
 32.6
 32.5
 32.4
 34.7
 33.7
Selling, general, and administrative (1) (8)
23.2
 22.4
 25.4
 22.0
 19.9
 20.6
Design and research (1)
3.1
 2.8
 3.1
 2.8
 2.5
 2.7
Operating earnings (1)
8.0
 7.5
 4.1
 7.5
 12.3
 10.3
Net earnings growth (decline)6.2
 150.2
 (58.4) (55.4) 18.0
 30.1
After-tax return on net sales (4)
4.4
 4.3
 2.1
 4.2
 7.6
 6.7
After-tax return on average assets (5)
9.0
 8.9
 3.7
 8.7
 20.9
 19.2
After-tax return on average equity (6)
34.4% 52.5% 78.1 % 860.8 % 186.4% 92.7%
            
Share and Per Share Data           
Earnings per share-diluted$1.29
 $1.06
 $0.43
 $1.25
 $2.56
 $1.98
Cash dividends declared per share0.09
 0.09
 0.09
 0.29
 0.35
 0.33
Book value per share at year end (9)
4.13
 3.42
 1.27
 
 0.28
 2.35
Market price per share at year end17.87
 24.56
 19.23
 14.23
 24.80
 36.53
Weighted average shares outstanding-diluted58.5
 57.7
 57.5
 54.5
 59.6
 65.1
            
Financial Condition           
Total assets$843.8
 $819.1
 $775.3
 $772.0
 $787.9
 $670.9
Working capital (3)
189.1
 193.4
 69.2
 155.2
 170.2
 87.7
Current ratio (2)
1.7
 1.7
 1.2
 1.5
 1.5
 1.3
Interest-bearing debt and related swap agreement (10)
250.0
 250.0
 301.2
 377.4
 375.5
 176.2
Stockholders' equity240.5
 197.2
 72.3
 0.2
 15.6
 147.8
Total capital (7)
490.5
 447.2
 373.5
 377.6
 391.1
 324.0




Item 7 Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
You should read the issues discussed in Management's Discussion and Analysis in conjunction with the company'sCompany's Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Executive Overview
Herman Miller’s mission statement is Inspiring Designs to Help People Do Great Things. At present, most customers come to the companyCompany for furnishing interior environments in corporate offices, healthcare settings, higher education institutions and residential spaces. The company'sCompany's primary products include furniture systems, seating, storage, freestanding furniture, healthcare environment products, casegoods, textiles and related technologies and services.

More than 100 years of innovative business practices and a commitment to social responsibility have established Herman Miller as a recognized global company. A past recipient of the Smithsonian Institution's Cooper Hewitt National Design Award, Herman Miller designs can be found in the permanent collections of museums worldwide. Herman Miller maintains its listing in the Human Rights Campaign Foundation’s top rating in its annual Corporate Equality Index. The companyCompany trades on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol MLHR.

Herman Miller's products are sold internationally through wholly-owned subsidiaries or branches in various countries including the United Kingdom, Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, Korea, Mexico, Australia, Singapore, China, Hong Kong, India Brazil and the Netherlands.Brazil. The company'sCompany's products are offered elsewhere in the world primarily through independent dealerships or joint ventures with customers in over 100 countries.

The companyCompany is globally positioned in terms of manufacturing operations. In the United States, manufacturing operations are located in Michigan, Georgia, Wisconsin and North Carolina. In Europe, its manufacturing presence is located withinin the United Kingdom. Manufacturing operations globally also include facilities located in Dongguan and Ningbo, China, Brazil and India. The companyCompany manufactures products using a system of lean manufacturing techniques collectively referred to as the Herman Miller Performance System (HMPS). For its contract furniture business, Herman Miller strives to maintain efficiencies and cost savings by minimizing the amount of inventory on hand. Accordingly, production is order-driven with direct materials and components purchased as needed to meet demand. The standard manufacturing lead time for the majority of our products is 10 to 20 days. These factors result in a high rate of inventory turns related to our manufactured inventories.

A key element of the company'sCompany's manufacturing strategy is to limit fixed production costs by sourcing component parts from strategic suppliers. This strategy has allowed the companyCompany to increase the variable nature of its cost structure, while retaining proprietary control over those production processes that the companyCompany believes provide a competitive advantage. As a result of this strategy, the company'sCompany's manufacturing operations are largely assembly-based.

A key element of the Company's growth strategy is to scale the Retail business through the Company's Design Within Reach (DWR), Herman Miller and HAY retail operations. The Retail business provides a channel to bring Herman Miller's iconic and design-centric products to retail customers, along with other proprietary and third party products, with a focus on design. The Company continues to transform its Retail business through the DWR retail studio footprint, which will be complemented by a continued focus on improving margins through the development of exclusive product designs and leveraging additional sales in DWR's contract, catalog and digital channels, as well as the launch of the HAY brand in North America.

The Company is comprised of various operating segments as defined by generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (U.S. GAAP). The operating segments are determined on the basis of how the companyCompany internally reports and evaluates financial information used to make operating decisions. The companyCompany has identified the following reportable segments:

North American Furniture SolutionsAmerica Contract — Includes the operations associated with the design, manufacture, and sale of furniture and textile products for work-related settings, including office, education and healthcare environments, throughout the United States and Canada. The business associated with the Company's owned contract furniture dealers is also included in the North America Contract segment. In addition to the Herman Miller brand, this segment includes the operations associated with the design, manufacture and sale of high-craft furniture products and textiles, including Geiger wood products, Maharam textiles, Nemschoff and Herman Miller Collection products.

ELA Furniture SolutionInternational ContractsELA Furniture Solutions includesIncludes the operations associated with the design, manufacture and sale of furniture products, primarily for work-related settings, in the Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA), Latin America and Asia-Pacific geographic regions.

Specialty — Includes the operations associated with design, manufacture and sale of high-craft furniture products and textiles including Geiger wood products, Maharam textiles and Herman Miller Collection products.

ConsumerRetail — Includes the operations associated with the sale of modern design furnishings and accessories to third party retail distributors, as well as direct to consumer sales through e-commerce, direct mailing catalogs and Design Within Reach (DWR)DWR and HAY studios.

The companyCompany also reports a corporate category consisting primarily of unallocated corporate expenses related to general corporate functions, including, acquisition-related costsbut not limited to, certain legal, executive, corporate finance, information technology, administrative and other unallocated corporateacquisition-related costs.



Core Strengths
The companyCompany relies on the following core strengths in delivering solutions to customers.customers:

Portfolio of Leading Brands and Products - Herman Miller is a globally-recognized, authentic brand known for working with some of the most outstandingwell known and respected designers in the world. Over the years, it has evolved into Herman Miller Group, a family of brands that collectively offers a variety of products for environments where people live, learn, work and heal. Within the industries in which the companyCompany operates, Herman Miller, DWR, Geiger, Maharam, POSH, Nemschoff, Colbrook Bosson Saunders ("CBS"), HAY, Maars Livings Walls and Naughtone are acknowledged as leading brands that inspire architects and designers to create their best design solutions. This portfolio has enabled Herman Miller to connect with new audiences, channels, geographies and product categories. Leveraging the company'scollective brand equity of the Herman Miller Group across the lines of business is an important element of the company'sCompany's business strategy.

Problem-Solving Design and Innovation - The companyCompany is committed to developing research-based functionality and aesthetically innovative new products and has a history of doing so, in collaboration with a global network of leading independent designers. The companyCompany believes its skills and experience in matching problem-solving design with the workplace needs of customers provide the companyCompany with a competitive advantage in the marketplace. An important component of the company'sCompany's business strategy is to actively pursue a program of new product research, design and development. The companyCompany accomplishes this through the use of an internal research and engineering staff that engages with third party design resources generally compensated on a royalty basis.

Operational Excellence - The companyCompany was among the first in the industry to embrace the concepts of lean manufacturing. HMPS provides the foundation for all of the company'sCompany's manufacturing operations. The companyCompany is committed to continuously improving both product quality and production and operational efficiency. The companyCompany has extended this lean process work to its non-manufacturing processes as well as externally to its manufacturing supply chain and distribution channel. The companyCompany believes these concepts hold significant promise for further gains in reliability, quality and efficiency.

Leading Networks - The company values relationships in all areas of the business. The company considers its network of innovative designers, owned and independent dealers and suppliers to be among the most important competitive factors and vital to the long-term success of the business.

Multi-ChannelOmni-Channel Reach - The companyCompany has built a unique, multi-channel distribution capability that it considers unique. Through contract furniture dealers, direct customer sales, retail studios, e-Commerce, catalogs and independent retailers, the companyCompany serves contract and residential customers across a range of channels and geographies.

Global Scale - In addition to its global omni-channel distribution capability, the Company has a global network of designers, suppliers, manufacturing operations and research and development centers that position the Company to serve contract and residential customers globally. The Company believes that leveraging this global scale will be an important enabler to executing its strategy.

Channels of Distribution
The company'sCompany's products and services are offered to most of its customers under standard trade credit terms between 30 and 45 daysdays. For all the items below, revenue is recognized when both title and risk of loss transfers to the customer. The Company's products and services are sold through the following distribution channels.channels:

Independent and Owned Contract Furniture Dealers - Most of the company'sCompany's product sales are made to a network of independently owned and operated contract furniture dealerships doing business in many countries around the world. These dealers purchase the company'sCompany's products and distribute them to end customers. The company recognizes revenue on product sales through this channel once products are shipped and title passes to the dealer. Many of these dealers also offer furniture-related services, including product installation.

At June 3, 2017, the company owned one contract furniture dealership related to the North American segment, which has operations in multiple locations. The financial results of this owned dealer are included in our Consolidated Financial Statements. Product sales to this dealership are eliminated as inter-company transactions from our consolidated financial results. The company recognizes revenue on these sales once products are shipped to the end customer and installation is substantially complete. The company believes independent ownership of contract furniture dealers is generally the best model for a financially strong distribution network. With this in mind, the company's strategy is to continue to pursue opportunities to transition this owned dealership to an independent owner. Where possible, the goal is to involve local managers in these ownership transitions.

Direct CustomerContract Sales - The companyCompany also sells products and services directly to end customers without an intermediary (e.g., sales to the U.S. federal government). In most of these instances, the companyCompany contracts separately with a dealership or third-party installation company to provide sales-related services. The company recognizes revenue on these sales once the related product is shipped to the end customer and installation, if applicable, is substantially complete.

DWR Retail Studios - At the end of fiscal 2017,2019, the ConsumerRetail business unit included 3139 retail studios (including 3036 operating under the DWR brand, 2 under the HAY brand and a Herman Miller Flagship store in New York City). This business also operates onethree outlet studio. Thesestudios. The retail studios are located in metropolitan areas throughout North America. Revenue on sales from these studios is recognized upon shipment and transfer to the customer of both title and risk of loss.



E-Commerce - The companyCompany sells products through its online stores, in which products are available for sale via the company'sCompany's website, hermanmiller.com, global e-commerce platforms, as well as through the DWRdwr.com and us.hay.com online store, dwr.com.stores. These sites complement our existing methods of distribution and extend the company'sCompany's brand to new customers. The company recognizes revenue on these sales upon shipment and transfer to the customer of both title and risk of loss.




DWR Direct-Mail Catalogs - The company’s consumerCompany’s Retail business unit utilizes a direct-mail catalog program through its DWR subsidiary. A regular schedule of catalog mailings is maintained throughout the fiscal year and these serve as a key driver of sales across each of DWR’s channels, including retail studios and e-commerce websites. Revenue on sales transacted through this catalog program is recognized upon shipment and transfer to the customer of both title and risk of loss.

Independent Retailers - Certain products are sold to end customers through independent retail operations. Revenue is recognized on these sales once products are shipped and title and risk of loss passes to the independent retailer.

Challenges Ahead
Like all businesses, the companyCompany is faced with a host of challenges and risks. The companyCompany believes its core strengths and values, which provide the foundation for its strategic direction, have well prepared the companyCompany to respond to the inevitable challenges it will face in the future. While the companyCompany is confident in its direction, it acknowledges the risks specific to theour business and industry. Refer to Item 1A for discussion of certain of these risk factors and Item 7A for disclosures of market risk. In particular, the company experienced the negative impact of higher steel costs and increased pressures from competitive price discounting, particularly in the North America and ELA markets.

Areas of Strategic Focus
Despite a number of risks and challenges, the companyCompany believes it is well positioned to successfully pursue its mission of inspiring designs to help people do great things. As our business and industry continue to evolve, we are constantly focused on staying ahead of the curve. With the composition of the office floor plate moving toward a broader variety of furnishings, a greater desire for customization from our customers, new technologies, and trends towards urbanization and more seamless transactions in the retail world, we have centered our overall value creation strategy on fivefour key priorities.

Scaling ConsumerUnlock the Power of One Herman Miller - Coming together as a family of complementary brands will help achieve our goals of more actively moving into the consumer marketplace, growing globally and making it easier to do business with us. The company has an ambitionCompany strives to expand the connection of its powerful brandbecome more directly with the consumers of its products. The transformation of the Design Within Reach retail studio footprint willagile, invest in responsive innovation, simplify our go-to-market strategy and continue to add incremental selling space from a combinationlead in product innovation across all of new and repositioned studios. Studio expansions will be complemented by a continued focus on improving margins through the development of exclusive product designs and leveraging additional sales in our contract, catalog and digital channels.businesses globally.

RealizingBuild a Customer-centric, Digitally-enabled Business Model - Building a customer centric and digitally enabled business model is at the Living Office - In fiscal 2014, the company introduced Living Office, a research-based framework for designing high-performing workplaces thatforefront of our goal to become easier to do business with us. The Company will leverage its deep understanding of customer journeys to deliver an elevated experience of work for people, and help organizations achieve their strategic goals. The company is now focusing on taking the framework to the next level by accelerating the evolution of Living Office by with newinspired products and a frictionless customer experience. Along with strengthening the core technology solutions, along with research that quantifiesbackbone, the positive impact to organizations from applying these concepts.Company will also drive step-change in data, analytics, marketing and brand capabilities.

LeverageAccelerate Profitable Growth - There are identified opportunities for growth ahead in each of the “Dealer Eco-System” - The company recognizes thatCompany’s business segments. We believe we are the preferencesonly player in our industry with access to meaningful contract and needsresidential growth opportunities on a global scale. At the same time, with our ongoing focus on operational excellence and specific profit improvement initiatives, we are focused on continuous improvement of its customers are evolving in favor of a greater mix of collaborative furnishings. The company intends to leverage the strength of its broad product offer in addressing this shifting market need. To this end, the company has dedicated resources under the Herman Miller Elements umbrella to best position the Herman Miller Collection, Maharam, Geiger, Design Within Reach and Naughtone brands for further growth in this space. The company intends to complement this focused selling effort with enhanced digital platforms that will make it easier for its contract customers and dealer partners to find, specify and order products from any brand within the Herman Miller Group.our cost structure.

Drive Cost Savings - A three-year cost savings initiative that was announced in fiscal 2017 is aimed at achieving between $25 million and $35 million in gross annual cost reductions by fiscal 2020. While these efforts will help offset potential wage and material inflation and help fund growth initiatives, the targeted cost reductions will also play a key role in achieving our goalReinforce Our Commitment to increase operating margins.

Deliver InnovationOur People, Planet, Communities - Product innovation has beenWith a traditional strength at Herman Miller, andlegacy of corporate social responsibility that is deeply ingrained in our culture, the company is determined to keep this dimension ofCompany will reinforce its business as a competitive edge. With the alignment of creative direction and new product commercialization under common leadership, the company will further reduce its time to market and ensure design and development respondscommitment to its people, planet and communities in a more integrated and deliberate way than ever before. The Company will focus on building, developing and retaining world-class talent, shaping an inclusive and diverse workforce and elevating its total societal impact commitment. By viewing the impact of our organization through its total societal impact, we believe we can create value for our shareholders, customers most critical needs through a robust pipeline of new products and solutions.employees, as well as for the broader communities and environment in which we operate.


The companyCompany believes its strategy continues to respond well to current and future realities in its markets. AsThe Company's strategic priorities are aimed at creating a sustainable and diverse revenue model that puts the company has expanded addressable market overcustomer at the past five years, these initiatives will help leverage its unique multi-channelcenter of everything we do and leverages enabling digital capabilities to deliver its leading designs and innovations to new audiences virtually anywhere in the world.

Industry Analysis
The Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer's Association (BIFMA) is the trade association for the North American contract furniture industry. The company monitors the trade statistics reported by BIFMA and considers them an indicator of industry-wide sales and order performance. BIFMA publishes statistical data for the contract segment and the office supply segment, including healthcare and education end markets, within the North American market. The contract segment of the industry relates primarily to products sold to large to mid-size corporations and installed via a network of dealers. The office supply segment relates primarily to products sold to smaller customers via wholesalers and retailers. The company participates, and is a leader in, the contract segment. Further, the company's business presence in the consumer sector lessens its dependence on the North American contract office furniture market.

The company analyzes BIFMA statistical information as a benchmark comparison against the performance of its contract business in North America and also tofully realize that of its competitors. The timing of large project-based business may affect comparisons to this data in any one period. Finally, BIFMA regularly provides its members with industry forecast information, which the company uses internally as one of several considerations in its short and long-range planning process.

The company also monitors trade statistics reported by the U.S. Census Bureau, which reports monthly retail sales growth data across a number of retail categories, including Furniture and Home Furnishing Stores. This information provides a relative comparison to our Consumer reportable segment.

Looking forward, BIFMA believes that the general economic outlook for the company's industry in North America is expected to be positive. BIFMA issued its most recent report in May 2017, which forecasts that the growth rate of office furniture sales will be 5.1 percent and 5.0 percent in calendar 2017 and 2018, respectively. This forecast of growth is based primarily on higher non-residential construction activity and overall business investment in the U.S., tempered by the current global economic uncertainty.vision.




Discussion of Business ConditionsOverview
Fiscal 2017The following is a summary of the significant events and items impacting the Company's operations for the year ended June 1, 2019:

Andi Owen was elected as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company effective on August 22, 2018, succeeding Brian Walker who retired from the Company in August 2018. Ms. Owen joins Herman Miller after a 25-year career at Gap Inc., where she most recently served as Global President of Banana Republic, leading 11,000 employees in over 600 stores across 27 countries.

Net sales were $2,567.2 million and orders were $2,614.9 million, representing an increase of 7.8% and 8.6%, respectively, when compared to the prior year. The increase in net sales was driven primarily by strong performance within the North America, International and Retail segments, as well as a reclassification related to the adoption of the new revenue recognition standard (ASC 606). On an organic basis, net sales were $2,583.7 million(*) and orders were $2,628.6 million, representing an increase of 7.1%(*) and 7.7%, respectively, when compared to the prior year.

Gross margin was 36.2% as compared to 36.7% in the prior year. The decrease in gross margin was driven primarily by the reclassification impact of adopting the new revenue recognition standard (ASC 606) at the beginning of fiscal 2019. Higher commodity costs and the impact of tariffs on Chinese imports also decreased gross margin, but were offset by lower material costs within the North America segment and lower costs within the International segment.

Operating expenses increased by $32.3 million or 4.7% as compared to the prior year. Operating expenses included 53 weeksspecial charges, totaling $13.1 million, related mainly to costs associated with the CEO transition, certain business structure realignment costs and third party consulting costs attributable to the Company's profit enhancement initiatives. Operating expenses also included restructuring costs of operations$10.2 million related to actions involving facilities consolidation, targeted workforce reductions and costs associated with an early retirement program.

The effective tax rate was 20.3% for fiscal 2019 compared to 25.2% for the prior year. The decrease in the current year effective tax rate was driven primarily by the full year impact of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the "Act") as compared to a standard 52-weekpartial year impact in fiscal year. The additional week is required periodically2018.

Diluted earnings per share increased $0.58 to more closely align the company's fiscal year with the calendar months. This additional week of operations increased fiscal 2017 net sales by approximately $37 million. This is$2.70, a factor that should be considered when comparing the company's financial results27.4% increase as compared to the prior year, which included 52 weeks of operations.

Net sales increased in 2017 to $2,278.2 million, an increase of 0.6 percent from the prior fiscal year. On an organic basis, which adjusts for dealer divestitures, changes in foreign currency translation rates andExcluding the impact of restructuring expenses, other special charges, a gain associated with the extra week, net sales increased by 1.4 percent(1) comparedfair value adjustment of an investment, an inventory step up on the HAY equity method investment and the final adjustment related to last fiscal year. Growth in the Consumer segment helped offset a mixed demand environment across the contract business segments tied to macro-economic and geopolitical uncertainty throughout the year.

While relatively high commodity costs and a challenging competitive pricing environment pressured gross margins compared to last year, operating expenses were well controlled during the year, helping to deliver diluted earnings per share of $2.05 and adjusted diluted earnings per shareof $2.16(1), which was in line with prior year diluted earnings per share of $2.26 andadoption U.S. tax reform, adjusted diluted earnings per share were $2.97(*), a 29.1% increase as compared to the prior year.

The Company declared cash dividends of $2.17(1). Operating cash flow generation$0.79 per share compared to $0.72 per share in the prior year.

Strategic investments of $202.1approximately $72 million forwere made in HAY and Maars Living Walls.

Effective in the year enabledfourth quarter of fiscal 2019, the companyCompany revised its reportable segments to fully repay outstanding debt relatedcombine the Specialty reportable segment with the North American Furniture Solutions reportable segment. The newly combined segment is called "North America Contract".

The following summary includes the Company's view on the economic environment in which it operates:

North America remains generally conducive to its line of creditcontinued growth due to recent positive industry order trends as reported by the endBusiness and Institutional Furniture Manufacturers Association ("BIFMA"), GDP growth, service sector employment and architectural billings.

The Company is monitoring the resolution of various trade policy negotiations between the year, repurchase $24 millionU.S. and key trading partners as well as the ongoing negotiations concerning the U.K. referendum to exit the European Union.

The Company is also navigating the impact of company sharesglobal tariffs. In May 2019, the U.S. enacted a 25% tariff rate on certain goods imported by the Company and subsequentits suppliers from China. The Company continues to believe that pricing, strategic sourcing actions, and profit optimization initiatives will fully offset the endcurrent level of tariffs imposed on imports from China.

The remaining sections of Item 7 include additional analysis of the fiscal year announce a 6 percent increase in the quarterly dividend to $0.18 per share per share - the highest quarterly rate in Herman Miller's history.

While sales in North America were essentially flat for the year, both as reported and on an organic basis(1), in the faceended June 1, 2019, including discussion of an uncertain political environment in the United States, the North America business segment continued to deliver the highest operating margins of the company's business units. Research highlighting the benefits of the Living Office framework for the company's customers and the release of several new products and solutions, including the newly remastered Aeron chair, helped to position the business for the future.

The ELA segment recorded a decline in net sales of 7 percent, but after adjusting for the impact of changes in foreign currency, the divestiture of an owned dealer in Australia and the impact of the extra week of operations in the current fiscal year, organic net sales grew at a rate of 3 percent(1) for the year. The improvement in organic net sales was driven by growth in China, Latin America and mainland Europe, which more than offset lower demand levels in the U.K. and the Middle East, where Brexit and the impact of lower oil prices, respectively, weighed on results. The ELA segment posted a decline in operating earnings of 13 percent relative to the prior year. However, after adjusting for the impact of restructuring and impairment charges recognized in the current fiscal year and non-recurring gains relatedsignificant variances compared to the prior year adjusted operating earnings improvedby 9 percent(1)period. A detailed review of our fiscal 2018 performance compared to our fiscal 2017 performance is set forth in spitePart II, Item 7 of the uncertain environment.

Salesour Form 10-K for the Specialty segment were slightly higher than priorfiscal year as reported, and were slightly lower than prior year on an organic basis(1). Operating earnings and adjusted operating earnings increased by 8 percent and 12 percent(1), respectively, driven by operational improvements and well-managed spending. These leading design brands continued to provide a strong connection with the architect and design community and help the company to meet its customers' needs for both traditional workspaces and collaborative areas.ended June 2, 2018.

The company's Consumer segment reported sales growth of 10 percent over last year on an as reported basis and sales growth of 9 percent on an organic basis(1). DWR delivered four quarters of comparable brand(2) growth during the year. Operating earnings and adjusted operating earnings decreased by 35 percent and 27 percent(1), respectively. The real estate expansion and investments to support long-term growth in the consumer business have limited near-term profitability. To that end, the company is focusing extensively on the profitability of the Consumer business as it moves into the new fiscal year. As part of its real estate transformation. The Consumer segment also added approximately 70,000 square feet of new selling space during the year as it opened eight new Design Within Reach Studios and a Herman Miller flagship retail location. The business also launched over 100 exclusive new products for Design Within Reach, as part of the plan to increase the mix of higher margin exclusive designs over time. Growth this year from studios, eCommerce, catalog and contact channels highlighted management's focus to improve the segment's performance.

(1)(*) Non-GAAP measurements; see accompanying reconciliations and explanations.
(2) DWR comparable brand sales reflects the year-over-year change in net sales across the multiple channels that DWR serves, including studios, outlets, contract, catalog, phone and e-commerce. Comparable brand growth was presented on a pro forma basis using a 52-week average to normalize results for the impact of an extra week of operations in the first quarter of fiscal 2017.




Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures
This report contains references to Organic net sales and Adjusted diluted earnings per share ("EPS"), Organic net sales and Adjusted operating earnings, allboth of which are non-GAAP financial measures (referred to collectively as the "Adjusted financial measures"). Adjusted diluted EPS and Adjusted operating earnings are calculated by excluding from Earnings per share - diluted and Operating earnings, items that we believe are not indicative of our ongoing operating performance, such as non-recurring gain, expenses associated with restructuring actions taken to adjust our cost structure to the current business climate and non-cash impairment expenses. Organic net salesGrowth represents the change in sales and orders, excluding the impact of divestitures, currency translation effects, the divestitureimpact of owned dealersreclassification related to the new revenue recognition standard (ASC 606), and changes in shipping terms. Adjusted Earnings per Share represents reported diluted earnings per share excluding the impact from the adoption of U.S. Tax Reform, an investment fair value adjustment, amortization of an extra week of operations in fiscal 2017 as comparedinventory step up on the HAY equity method investment, restructuring expenses, and other special charges, including related taxes. Restructuring expenses include actions involving facilities consolidation, targeted workforce reductions and costs associated with an early retirement program. Special charges include costs related to fiscal 2016. These adjustments are madethe CEO transition, certain business structure realignment costs, and third party consulting costs related to provide enhanced comparability of the company's current results with historical results.Company's profit enhancement initiatives.

The companyCompany presents the Adjusted financial measures because we consider them to be important supplemental measures of our performance and believe them to be useful in analyzing ongoing results from operations. The adjusted financial measures are not measurements of our financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered an alternative to Earnings per share - diluted, Operating earnings or the company'sCompany's reported Net sales under GAAP. The Adjusted financial measures have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of the company'sCompany's results as reported under GAAP. The company'sCompany's presentation of the Adjusted financial measures should not be construed as an indication that its future results will be unaffected by unusual or infrequent items. The companyCompany compensates for these limitations by providing prominence of the GAAP results and using the Adjusted financial measures only as a supplement.

The following table reconciles Net sales to Organic net sales by segment:segment for the fiscal years ended:
 Fiscal Year EndedFiscal Year Ended
 June 3, 2017May 28, 2016
 North AmericaELASpecialtyConsumerTotalNorth AmericaELASpecialtyConsumerTotal
Net sales, as reported$1,342.2
$385.5
$232.4
$318.1
$2,278.2
$1,331.8
$412.6
$231.8
$288.7
$2,264.9
% change from PY0.8 %(6.6)%0.3 %10.2%0.6%     
           
Adjustments          
Dealer divestitures




(8.8)(30.8)

(39.6)
Currency translation effects (1)
0.7
13.9


14.6





Impact of extra week in FY17(22.7)(6.3)(3.3)(4.7)(37.0)




Organic net sales$1,320.2
$393.1
$229.1
$313.4
$2,255.8
$1,323.0
$381.8
$231.8
$288.7
$2,225.3
% change from PY(0.2)%3.0 %(1.2)%8.6%1.4%     
 Fiscal Year EndedFiscal Year Ended
 May 28, 2016May 30, 2015
 North AmericaELASpecialtyConsumerTotalNorth AmericaELASpecialtyConsumerTotal
Net sales, as reported$1,331.8
$412.6
$231.8
$288.7
$2,264.9
$1,241.9
$409.9
$219.9
$270.5
$2,142.2
% change from PY7.2%0.7%5.4%6.7 %5.7%     
           
Adjustments          
Currency translation effects (1)
12.5
26.1
0.6
0.8
40.0





Acquisition


(30.2)(30.2)




Organic net sales$1,344.3
$438.7
$232.4
$259.3
$2,274.7
$1,241.9
$409.9
$219.9
$270.5
$2,142.2
% change from PY8.2%7.0%5.7%(4.1)%6.2%     
 June 1, 2019June 2, 2018
 North AmericaInternationalRetailTotalNorth AmericaInternationalRetailTotal
Net Sales, as reported$1,686.5
$492.2
$388.5
$2,567.2
$1,589.8
$434.5
$356.9
$2,381.2
% change from PY6.1%13.3%8.9%7.8%    
         
Proforma Adjustments        
Dealer Divestitures



(0.8)

(0.8)
Currency Translation Effects (1)
3.8
12.4
0.3
16.5




Impact of Reclassification Related to New Revenue Recognition Standard



23.9
12.3

36.2
Impact of Change in DWR Shipping Terms





(5.0)(5.0)
Organic net sales$1,690.3
$504.6
$388.8
$2,583.7
$1,612.9
$446.8
$351.9
$2,411.6
% change from PY4.8%12.9%10.5%7.1%    

(1) Currency translation effects represent the estimated net impact of translating current period sales and orders using the average exchange rates applicable to the comparable prior year period



The following table reconciles Operating earnings to Adjusted operating earnings by segment:
 Fiscal Year EndedFiscal Year Ended
 June 3, 2017May 28, 2016
 North AmericaELASpecialtyConsumerCorporateTotalNorth AmericaELASpecialtyConsumerCorporateTotal
Operating earnings (loss)$137.7
$30.8
$17.7
$5.3
$(0.7)$190.8
$152.0
$35.3
$16.4
$8.1
$(0.3)$211.5
% Net sales10.3%8.0%7.6%1.7%n/a
8.4%11.4%8.6%7.1%2.8%n/a
9.3%
             
Adjustments            
Less: Non-recurring gain






(6.1)


(6.1)
Less: Gain on sale of dealer(0.7)



(0.7)





Add: Restructuring and impairment expenses10.3
1.0
0.6
0.6

12.5






Adjusted operating earnings (loss)$147.3
$31.8
$18.3
$5.9
$(0.7)$202.6
$152.0
$29.2
$16.4
$8.1
$(0.3)$205.4

The following table reconciles EPS to Adjusted EPS for the years indicated:
 Fiscal Year Ended
 June 3, 2017May 28, 2016
Earnings per Share - Diluted$2.05
$2.26
   
After Tax Adjustments  
Less: Non-recurring gain
(0.09)
Less: Gain on sale of dealer(0.02)
Add: Restructuring and impairment expenses0.13

Adjusted Earnings per Share - Diluted$2.16
$2.17
   
Weighted Average Shares Outstanding (used for Calculating Adjusted Earnings per Share) – Diluted

60,554,589
60,529,269
 June 1, 2019June 2, 2018
Earnings per Share - Diluted$2.70
$2.12
   
Less: Adjustments Related to Adoption of U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act(0.02)(0.05)
Less: Investment fair value adjustment, after tax(0.03)
Add: Special charges, after tax0.18
0.16
Add: inventory step up on HAY equity method investment, after tax0.01

Add: Restructuring expenses, after tax0.13
0.07
Adjusted Earnings per Share - Diluted$2.97
$2.30
   
Weighted Average Shares Outstanding (used for Calculating Adjusted Earnings per Share) – Diluted59,381,791
60,311,305




Financial Results
The following is a comparison of our annual results of operations and year-over-year percentage changes for the periods indicated.indicated:
(Dollars In millions)
Fiscal 2017 % Change from 2016 Fiscal 2016 % Change from 2015 Fiscal 2015
53 weeks 52 weeks 52 weeks
(Dollars in millions)Fiscal 2019 Fiscal 2018 % Change
Net sales$2,278.2
 0.6 % $2,264.9
 5.7 % $2,142.2
$2,567.2
 $2,381.2
 7.8 %
Cost of sales1,414.0
 1.7 % 1,390.7
 3.0 % 1,350.8
1,637.3
 1,508.2
 8.6 %
Gross margin864.2
 (1.1)% 874.2
 10.5 % 791.4
929.9
 873.0
 6.5 %
Operating expenses673.4
 1.6 % 662.7
 5.5 % 628.0
726.4
 694.1
 4.7 %
Operating earnings190.8
 (9.8)% 211.5
 29.4 % 163.4
203.5
 178.9
 13.8 %
Net other expenses13.2
 (11.4)% 14.9
 (18.1)% 18.2
8.4
 10.8
 (22.2)%
Earnings before income taxes177.6
 (9.7)% 196.6
 35.4 % 145.2
195.1
 168.1
 16.1 %
Income tax expense55.1
 (7.4)% 59.5
 26.1 % 47.2
39.6
 42.4
 (6.6)%
Equity income from nonconsolidated affiliates, net of tax1.6
 300.0 % 0.4
 300.0 % 0.1
5.0
 3.0
 66.7 %
Net earnings124.1
 (9.7)% 137.5
 40.2 % 98.1
160.5
 128.7
 24.7 %
Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests0.2
 (75.0)% 0.8
 33.3 % 0.6

 0.6
 (100.0)%
Net earnings attributable to Herman Miller, Inc.$123.9
 (9.4)% $136.7
 40.2 % $97.5
$160.5
 $128.1
 25.3 %

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the components of the company'sCompany's Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income as a percentage of net sales.sales:
Fiscal 2017 Fiscal 2016 Fiscal 2015Fiscal 2019 Fiscal 2018
Net sales100.0% 100.0% 100.0%100.0% 100.0%
Cost of sales62.1
 61.4
 63.1
63.8
 63.3
Gross margin37.9
 38.6
 36.9
36.2
 36.7
Selling, general, and administrative expenses25.8
 25.9
 25.4
Selling, general and administrative expenses24.9
 25.8
Restructuring and impairment expenses0.5
 
 0.6
0.4
 0.2
Design and research expenses3.2
 3.4
 3.3
3.0
 3.1
Total operating expenses29.6
 29.3
 29.3
28.3
 29.1
Operating earnings8.4
 9.3
 7.6
7.9
 7.5
Net other expenses0.6
 0.7
 0.8
0.3
 0.5
Earnings before income taxes7.8
 8.7
 6.8
7.6
 7.1
Income tax expense2.4
 2.6
 2.2
1.5
 1.8
Equity income from nonconsolidated affiliates, net of tax0.1
 
 
0.2
 0.1
Net earnings5.4
 6.1
 4.6
6.3
 5.4
Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests
 
 

 
Net earnings attributable to Herman Miller, Inc.5.4
 6.0
 4.6
6.3
 5.4



Net Sales, Orders and Backlog - Fiscal 20172019 Compared to Fiscal 20162018
chart-b2188e2173695a99bda.jpgchart-5706b90e0307527b9ed.jpg
Consolidated net sales increased $13.3$186.0 million to $2,278.2$2,567.2 million from $2,264.9$2,381.2 million for the fiscal year ended June 3, 20171, 2019 compared to the fiscal year ended May 28, 2016. The following items contributed to the change:

Fiscal 2017 had 53 weeks as compared to the same period of fiscal 2016, which had 52 weeks. The impact of this additional week increased net sales by approximately $37 million.
Incremental sales volumes within the Consumer segment of approximately $25 million were due mainly to improvements across several Consumer sales channels, including studios, contract, e-commerce and direct-mail catalogs.
Increased sales volumes within the North American segment of approximately $23 million resulted primarily from increased demand within the company's Healthcare business unit, along with growth late in the fiscal year in the North America office furniture business.
Increased sales volumes within the ELA segment of approximately $17 million were driven by increases within the Europe, Latin America and Asia regions. The largest increases were due to larger project activity in mainland Europe, Mexico, Brazil, Japan and China.
The impact of the divestiture of the company's dealerships in Australia in fiscal 2016 and Philadelphia, Pennsylvania in fiscal 2017 had the effect of reducing net sales by $39.6 million in fiscal 2017 as compared to the prior fiscal year.
Deeper discounting, net of incremental price increases, reduced net sales in fiscal 2017 by roughly $32 million as compared to the prior year. Of this change, $26 million related to the North American operating segment.
Foreign currency translation had a negative impact on net sales of approximately $15 million.

Consolidated net trade orders for fiscal 2017 totaled $2,282.9 million compared to $2,279.7 million in fiscal 2016, an increase of 0.1 percent. On an organic basis, which excludes the impact of the extra week in fiscal 2017, as well as foreign currency translation and dealer divestitures, orders increased by 0.9 percent from last fiscal year. Order rates began the year at an average pace of approximately $43 million per week for the first quarter and $44 million per week for the second quarter. For the third quarter, weekly order rates decreased to an average of approximately $42 million per week, reflecting typical seasonality in order pacing during that period of the fiscal year. The fourth quarter finished the year with average weekly order rates increasing to approximately $44 million. The weekly order pacing in the third quarter and the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017 was impacted by the price increase that was announced during the third quarter of fiscal 2017. This caused approximately $21 million of orders that otherwise would have been entered in the fourth quarter, to be entered in the third quarter. When adjusting for this impact, the weekly pacing of orders for the third quarter and fourth quarter was $40 million per week and $45 million per week, respectively. The impact of changes in foreign currency for the fiscal year decreased net orders by approximately $8.7 million as compared to the prior year.

The company's backlog of unfilled orders at the end of fiscal 2017 totaled $322.6 million, a 0.3 percent decrease from fiscal 2016 ending backlog of $323.5 million. In fiscal 2017, the company completed the sale of its dealership in Philadelphia. This dealer divestiture resulted in a reduction to the consolidated ending backlog of approximately $11.6 million.

BIFMA reported an estimated period-over-period increase in U.S. office furniture shipments of approximately 2.0 percent for the twelve-month period ended May 2017. By comparison, net sales decreased for the company's domestic U.S. business by approximately 0.8 percent over the twelve months ended May 2017.



(1) Non-GAAP measurements; see accompanying reconciliations and explanations.


The company also monitors trade statistics reported by the U.S. Census Bureau, which reports monthly retail sales growth data across a number of retail categories, including Furniture and Home Furnishing Stores. This information provides a relative comparison to our Consumer reportable segment, but is not intended to be an exact comparison. The average monthly year-over-year growth rate in sales for the Furniture and Home Furnishing Stores category for the twelve month period ended June 3, 2017, was approximately 2.9 percent. By comparison, net sales growth for the company's Consumer segment was approximately 10.2 percent.

Net Sales, Orders and Backlog - Fiscal 2016 Compared to Fiscal 2015
Consolidated net sales increased $122.7 million to $2,264.9 million from $2,142.2 million for the fiscal year ended May 28, 2016 compared to the fiscal year ended May 30, 2015.2, 2018. The following items contributed to the change:

Increased sales volumes within the North AmericanAmerica segment of approximately $108.0$74 million were driven by a combination of general market growth and company-specific actions takendue to improve selling capacity, launch innovative products and refresh showrooms.increased demand within the Company's core contract furniture business.
Increased sales volumes within the ELAInternational segment of $30.4approximately $57 million, which were driven by increases withinbroad-based growth across the Asia region. The largest increases were due to larger project activity in AustraliaPacific and China.Latin America regions.
Incremental sales volume withinAdoption of ASC 606 - Revenue from Contracts with Customers at the Consumer segment relatedbeginning of fiscal 2019 led to the acquisitionreclassification of DWR,certain pricing elements from Net sales to Cost of sales, which increasedresulted in an increase in Net sales by $30.2 million. This increase was due the fact that 52 weeks of DWR results were included in our consolidated results for fiscal 2016 as$40.5 million compared to 44 weeksthe prior year in fiscal 2015.which revenue was recorded under previous accounting rules.
Increased sales volumes within the SpecialtyRetail segment of $10.9approximately $29 million, which were driven principallyprimarily by Geigerthe introduction of HAY products and growth across the Herman Miller Collection.Company's DWR studio, e-commerce and contract channels.
Incremental list price increases, net of deeper contract price discounting, of approximately $5 million.
Foreign currency translation had a negative impact on net sales of $40.0approximately $16 million.

Consolidated net trade orders for fiscal 20162019 totaled $2,279.7$2,614.9 million compared to $2,146.5$2,408.2 million in fiscal 2015,2018, an increase of 6.28.6 percent. Order rates beganOn an organic basis, which excludes the year at an average paceimpact of approximately $43 million per week for the first quarteradoption of ASC 606, as well as foreign currency translation and $46 million per week for the second quarter. For the third quarter, weekly order rates decreased to an average of approximately $39 million per week, reflecting typical seasonality in order pacing during that period of thedealer divestitures, orders increased by 7.7 percent from last fiscal year. The fourth quarter finished the year with average weekly order rates increasing to approximately $47 million. The overall impact of the adoption of ASC 606 increased orders by $35.7 million in the current year and changes in foreign currency changes for the fiscal year decreased netincreased orders by approximately $38.7$13.7 million as compared to the prior year. Dealer divestitures had a $2.2 million unfavorable impact on current year orders.

The company'sCompany's backlog of unfilled orders at the end of fiscal 20162019 totaled $323.5$394.2 million, a 0.412.4 percent increase from the fiscal 20162018 ending backlog of $322.2$350.7 million. At the end of fiscal 2016, the company completed the sale of its multi-location dealership in Australia. This dealer divestiture resulted in a reduction to the consolidated ending backlog of approximately $14 million.

BIFMA reported an estimated period-over-period increase in U.S. office furniture shipments of approximately 3.2 percent for the twelve-month period ended May 2016. By comparison, net sales increased for the company's domestic U.S. business by approximately 6.3 percent over the twelve months ended May 2016, reflecting the strong results within our North America segment noted above.

The company also monitors trade statistics reported by the U.S. Census Bureau, which reports monthly retail sales growth data across a number of retail categories, including Furniture and Home Furnishing Stores. This information provides a relative comparison to the company's Consumer reportable segment, but is not intended to be an exact comparison. The average monthly year-over-year growth rate in sales for the Furniture and Home Furnishing Stores category for the twelve month period ended May 31, 2017, was approximately 2.9 percent. By comparison, net sales growth for the company's Consumer segment was approximately 6.7 percent due to improvements across several Consumer sales channels, including studios, e-commerce, contract and direct-mail catalogs.

(1) Non-GAAP measurements; see accompanying reconciliations and explanations.


Gross Margin - Fiscal 20172019 Compared to Fiscal 20162018
Consolidated gross margin was 36.2% for fiscal 2017 was 37.9 percent, a decrease of 70 basis points from the2019 as compared to 36.7% for fiscal 2016 level.2018. The following factors summarize the major drivers of the year-over-year decreasechange in gross margin percentage:

Incremental price discounting, netApproximately 60 basis points of price increases, reduced the company's consolidatedyear-over-year decrease in gross margin by approximately 90related to the adoption of the new revenue recognition standard (ASC 606) at the beginning of fiscal 2019. This adoption requires recording certain product pricing elements as expenses within cost of goods sold that were previously classified on a net basis points relative to fiscal 2016.within sales. This reclassification lowers gross margin percentage but has no impact on gross margin dollars.
Higher commodity costs withinand the North American operating segment in the current fiscal yearimpact of tariffs on Chinese imports drove an unfavorable year-over-year margin impact of approximately 40 basis points.
The divestiture of the company's dealerships in Australia and Philadelphia, Pennsylvania in fiscal 2016 and 2017, respectively, resulted in a favorable impact of approximately 30 basis points relative to last fiscal 2016.year.
A decrease in employee incentive costs increased our consolidated gross margin by 30 basis points relative to fiscal 2016. The decrease reflects lower employee incentive costs that are variable based on the achievement of earnings levels for the fiscal year relative to plan.
Improved material cost performance at the company's West Michigan manufacturing facilities driven by process engineering initiatives increased gross margin by approximately 20 basis points as compared to fiscal 2016.
Product mix at the company's West Michigan manufacturing facilitiesHigher freight and material usage efficiencies at various international locations had a favorable impact on gross margin.

Gross Margin - Fiscal 2016 Compared to Fiscal 2015
Consolidated gross margin for fiscal 2016 was 38.6 percent, an increase of 170 basis points from the fiscal 2015 level. The following factors summarize the major drivers of the year-over-year improvement in gross margin percentage:

Lower commoditystorage costs within the North American operatingRetail segment in the current fiscal year drove a favorable year-over-year margin impact of approximately 90 basis points.
A decrease in freight expenses, due primarily to lower fuel costs and improved leverage of fixed product distribution costs, drove a favorable impact to gross margin of approximately 40 basis points compared to fiscal 2015.
Inventory-related purchase accounting adjustments related to the acquisition of DWR unfavorably impacted gross margin in the prior year by approximately 30 basis points.
Improved production volume leverage at the company's West Michigan manufacturing facilities increaseddecreased gross margin by approximately 30 basis points as compared to fiscal 2015.
We estimate that relative changes in foreign currency exchange rates had a negative impact on our consolidated gross margin of approximately 30 basis points relative to last fiscal year.
Improved operating efficiencies at certain internationalLower material costs within the North America segment, due primarily to reduced outsourcing, and domestic subsidiaries also provided a favorable impactlower costs within the International segment, due primarily to volume leverage and product mix, increased gross margin by approximately 50 basis points as compared to last fiscal year.



Operating Expenses - Fiscal 20172019 Compared to Fiscal 20162018
chart-3d115d51abcd53d48d4.jpg
Operating expenses in fiscal 2017 were $673.4increased by $32.3 million or 29.6 percent of net sales, which compares to $662.7 million, or 29.3 percent of net sales in fiscal 2016.4.7% over the prior year. The following factors contributed to the change:

Fiscal 2017 results reflected restructuringCompensation and impairmentbenefit costs increased by approximately $9 million due mainly to employee headcount and wage increases.
Incremental spend of approximately $5 million related to the marketing, e-commerce and studios associated with the launch of the HAY brand in North America.
Higher information technology related expenses of $12.5approximately $4 million.
Restructuring and special charges, primarily related to targeted workforce reductions increased operating expenses by $5.4 million, while the impairment of the Nemschoff trade name increased operating expenses by $7.1 million.
Marketingfacilities consolidation and selling expenses increased approximately $10 million relative to last fiscal year.
The impact ofcosts associated with an extra week in fiscal 2017early retirement program increased operating expenses by approximately $9$4 million.
Sales volume based costs, such as sales commissions and royalties, drove an increase in operating expenses of approximately $4 million.
Marketing expenses increased by roughly $3 million due primarily to the sales initiatives within the North America and Retail segments.
Incremental costs related to the continued growth and expansion of DWR retail studios of approximately $8 million for the twelve month comparative period.
Increased costs within the company's DWR subsidiary of approximately $5 million as a result of increased investment in information technology, infrastructure to support the contract channel and other business support functions.
Lower employee incentive costs decreased operating expenses by $8.8approximately $2 million.
Depreciation expense increased by approximately $2 million compared to prior fiscal year. The decrease reflects lower incentive compensation costs that are variable based on the achievement of earnings levels for the fiscal year relative to plan.
The divestiture of the company's dealerships in Australia and Philadelphia in fiscal 2016 and 2017, respectively, resulted in a decrease in operating expenses of $14.2 million for the twelve month comparative period.
The remainder of the change was driven mainlyprimarily by company-wide cost savings initiatives, decreasesinvestment in stock-based compensation, researchfacilities and development expenses and changes in foreign currency exchange rates.



Operating Expenses - Fiscal 2016 Compared to Fiscal 2015
Operating expenses in fiscal 2016 were $662.7 million, or 29.3 percent of net sales, which compares to $628.0 million, or 29.3 percent of net sales in fiscal 2015. The following factors contributed to the change:

Employee incentive costs increased by $14.7 million relative to fiscal 2015. The increase reflects higher incentive compensation costs that are tied to increased earnings for the comparative periods.
Marketing and selling expenses increased $14.5 million relative to fiscal 2015. The increase resulted from new marketing initiatives, particularly within the Consumer segment, as well as increases in selling capacity and sales growth during fiscal 2016.
Fiscal 2016 included a full 52 weeks of DWR results whereas fiscal 2015 included only 44 weeks. This difference accounts for approximately $13.7 million of the year-over-year increase in consolidated operating expenses.
Design and research expenses increased $5.7 million in fiscal 2016 as compared to the prior year.
Year-over-year changes in currency exchange rates decreased operating expenses by an estimated $10 million.
Fiscal 2015 results reflected restructuring and impairment expenses of $12.7 million.
The remaining change relates to various contributing factors, including but not limited to higher costs for information technology initiatives, wage and benefit inflation, and general variability with higher net sales.systems.

Operating Earnings
InOperating earnings in fiscal 2017, the company generated2019 were $203.5 million, or 7.9% of sales, an increase of $24.6 million compared to fiscal 2018 operating earnings of $190.8$178.9 million, a decreaseor 7.5% of $20.7 million from fiscal 2016 operating earnings of $211.5 million. Operating earnings of $211.5 million in fiscal 2016 represented a $48.1 million increase from fiscal 2015 operating earnings of $163.4 million.sales.

Other Expenses and Income
Net other expenses for fiscal 20172019 were $13.2$8.4 million, a decrease of $1.7$2.4 million compared to net other expenses in fiscal 20162018 of $14.9$10.8 million. The decrease in net other expenses in fiscal 20172019 was primarily the result of a gain related to higheran investment income associated with the company's deferred compensation plan.fair value adjustment.

Net other expensesEquity Earnings from Nonconsolidated Affiliates
Equity earnings from nonconsolidated affiliates for fiscal 20162019 were $14.9$5.0 million, a decreasean increase of $3.3$2.0 million compared to net other expensesEquity earnings from nonconsolidated affiliates of $3.0 million in fiscal 2015 of $18.2 million. The decrease in net other expenses in fiscal 2016 as compared to fiscal 20152018. This increase was primarily related to a reduction in interest expense related to a decrease in long term debt. The reduction in long term debt resulteddriven by incremental earnings from the repayment of borrowings on the revolving line of credit.Company's investment in Naughtone and HAY.



Income Taxes
On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Act”) was signed into law in the United States. The company'seffects of the Act included the reduction of the federal corporate income tax rate from 35 percent to 21 percent and a new participation exemption system of taxation on foreign earnings, among other provisions.

Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 allowed the use of provisional amounts if accounting for certain income tax effects of the Act had not been completed by the time the company’s financial statements are issued. A measurement period was provided beginning December 22, 2017 and was not to last longer than one year. During the year ended June 1, 2019, the Company completed its accounting for all the effects of the Act and recorded adjustments to the provisional amounts primarily for the one-time U.S. tax liability on certain undistributed foreign earnings and also an adjustment related to foreign tax credits to increase the income tax benefit from the Act by $1.0 million.

The Company's effective tax rate was 31.120.3 percent in fiscal 2017, 30.32019, and 25.2 percent in fiscal 2016 and 32.6 percent in fiscal 2015.2018. The effective tax rate in fiscal 20172019 was below the United States statutory rate of 3521 percent, primarily due to an increase in the mix of earnings in tax jurisdictions that have rates lower than the United States statutory rate and the research and development tax credit under the Protecting Americans from Tax Hikes ("PATH") Act of 2015.

The effective tax rate in fiscal 2018 was below the statutory rate of 29.1 percent, primarily due to an increase in the mix of earnings in tax jurisdictions that have rates lower than the United States statutory rate, the manufacturing deduction under the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (“AJCA”) and the research and development tax credit under the Protecting Americans from Tax Hikes ("PATH") Act of 2015.

The effective tax rate in fiscal 2016 was below the statutory rate of 35 percent, primarily due to the domestic U.S. manufacturing deduction under the AJCA as well as a significant amount of foreign earnings subject to tax at foreign rates below 35 percent.

The effective tax rate in fiscal 2015 was below the statutory rate of 35 percent, primarily due to the domestic U.S. manufacturing deduction under the AJCA and a $3.9 million tax benefit related to a foreign entity reorganization.


PATH.

For further information regarding income taxes, refer to Note 1011 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Net Earnings; Earnings per Share
In fiscal 2017, fiscal 2016,2019 and fiscal 2015,2018, the companyCompany generated net earnings attributable to Herman Miller, Inc. of $123.9$160.5 million $136.7 million and $97.5$128.1 million, respectively. Diluted earnings per share were $2.05, $2.26$2.70 and $1.62$2.12 for fiscal 2017, fiscal 20162019 and fiscal 2015,2018, respectively.



Reportable Operating Segments Results
The business is comprised of various operating segments as defined by generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. These operating segments are determined on the basis of how the companyCompany internally reports and evaluates financial information used to make operating decisions.

Prior to the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, the Company's reportable segments consisted of North American Furniture Solutions, ELA ("EMEA, Latin America, and Asia Pacific") Furniture Solutions, Specialty and Consumer. Effective in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, the Company has revised its reportable segments to combine the Specialty reportable segment with the North American Furniture Solutions reportable segment. The companynewly combined segment is called "North America Contract". There were no changes to the Company's ELA Furniture Solutions ("ELA") and Consumer segments, but each has identifiedbeen renamed. Effective in the followingfourth quarter of fiscal 2019, ELA is now named "International Contract" and Consumer is named "Retail". The Specialty segment (Maharam, Geiger, Nemschoff and the Herman Miller Collection) has been combined with the North America Contract segment under a common segment manager as of the fourth quarter fiscal 2019. The change in operating segments reflect the basis of how the Company internally reports and evaluates financial information used to make operating decisions. Prior year results disclosed in the table below have been revised to reflect these changes. Accordingly, fiscal 2018 net sales and operating earnings for the Specialty segment of $305.4 million and $8.9 million, respectively, have been included within the results of the North America Contract reportable segments:segment.
North American Furniture Solutions — Includes the operations associated with the design, manufacture and sale of furniture products for work-related settings, including office, education, and healthcare environments, throughout the United States and Canada.

ELA Furniture Solutions — Includes EMEA, Latin America, and Asia-Pacific operations associated with the design, manufacture and sale of furniture products, primarily for work-related settings.

Specialty — Includes operations associated with the design, manufacture, and sale of high-craft furniture products and textiles including Geiger wood products, Maharam textiles and Herman Miller Collection products.

Consumer — Includes operations associated with the sale of modern design furnishings and accessories to third party retail distributors, as well as direct to consumer sales through e-commerce, direct mailing catalogs and DWR retail studios.

The companyCompany's operating segments can be further described as follows:

North America Contract — Includes the operations associated with the design, manufacture, and sale of furniture and textile products for work-related settings, including office, education and healthcare environments, throughout the United States and Canada. The business associated with the Company's owned contract furniture dealers is also reports a corporate category consistingincluded in the North America Contract segment. In addition to the Herman Miller brand, this segment includes the operations associated with the design, manufacture and sale of high-craft furniture products and textiles including Geiger wood products, Maharam textiles, Nemschoff and Herman Miller Collection products.

International Contract — Includes the operations associated with the design, manufacture and sale of furniture products, primarily for work-related settings, in the Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA), Latin America and Asia-Pacific geographic regions.

Retail — Includes the operations associated with the sale of modern design furnishings and accessories to third party retail distributors, as well as direct to consumer sales through e-commerce, direct mailing catalogs and DWR and HAY studios.

Corporate — Consists primarily of as applicable, unallocated expenses related to general corporate expensesfunctions, including, but not limited to, certain legal, executive, corporate finance, information technology, administrative and acquisition-related costs and other unallocated corporate costs.

The charts below present the relative mix of netNet sales and Operating earnings across each of the company'sCompany's reportable segments. This is followed by a discussion of the company'sCompany's results, by segment, for each reportable segment.
chart-d04de1a02f3f555ca53.jpgchart-1ef76211bd935f95b41.jpg


chart-19c664d3f17b5e2a932.jpgchart-d11d3cf9a2db5f7882e.jpg
North American Furniture SolutionsAmerica Contract ("North America")

Fiscal 2017 Compared to Fiscal 2016
Net sales in the North American segment were $1,342.2 million in fiscal 2017, an increase of 0.8 percent from fiscal 2016 net sales of $1,331.8 million. Orders for fiscal 2017 totaled $1,347.6 million, an increase of 0.9 percent from the prior year. Operating earnings for North America in fiscal 2017 were $137.7 million or 10.3 percent of sales as compared to $152.0 million or 11.4 percent of sales in the prior year.
  Fiscal 2019 Fiscal 2018 Change
Net sales $1,686.5
 $1,589.8
 $96.7
Gross margin 592.3
 565.5
 26.8
Gross margin % 35.1% 35.6% (0.5)%
Operating earnings 189.7
 175.2
 14.5
Operating earnings % 11.2% 11.0% 0.2 %

The impact of the extra weekNet sales increased net sales by6.1%, or 4.8%(*) on an estimated $23 million and increased orders by $21 million for fiscal 2017 as compared toorganic basis, over the prior year.year due to:
Incremental price discounting, net of price increases, in fiscal 2017 decreased net
Increased sales by approximately $26 million compared to the prior year.
Sales volumes within the North AmericanAmerica segment increased byof approximately $23$74 million resulting primarily fromdue to increased demand within the company's Healthcare business unit, along with growth late in the year in the North America officeCompany's core contract furniture business.


business; and
The impactadoption of ASC 606 - Revenue from Contracts with Customers at the divestiturebeginning of fiscal 2019 which led to the company's dealership in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania in fiscal 2017 had the effectreclassification of reducing$27.0 million of certain pricing elements from net sales by approximately $9 million as compared to fiscal 2016.
Commodity price increases and incremental discounting drove a decrease in gross margins and operating earnings.
Decreased employee incentive costs recorded in operating expenses and cost of goods sold increased operating earningssales; partially offset by $14.1 million compared to prior fiscal year. The decrease reflects lower incentive compensation costs that are variable based on the achievement of earnings levels for the fiscal year relative to plan.
Restructuring charges related to targeted workforce reductions increased operating expenses by $5.4 million, while the impairment of the Nemschoff trade name increased operating expenses by $7.1 million as compared to the prior year.
Operating expenses within the North American segment were higher than the prior year due to the extra week of operations.
Company-wide cost savings initiatives resulted in a decrease in operating expenses relative to the prior year period.

Fiscal 2016 Compared to Fiscal 2015
Net sales in the North American segment increased to $1,331.8 million in fiscal 2016, an increase of $89.9 million from fiscal 2015 net sales of $1,241.9 million. Orders for fiscal 2016 totaled $1,336.1 million, an increase of $100.3 million from fiscal 2015. Operating earnings for North America in fiscal 2016 were $152.0 million, an increase of $26.8 million from fiscal 2015.

Sales volumes within the North American segment increased by approximately $108 million. This was driven by a combination of general market growth and company-specific actions taken to improve selling capacity, launch innovative products and refresh showrooms.
The impact of foreign currency translation, which decreased net sales and operating earnings by approximately $13 million and $7 million, respectively.
Changes in pricing, net of incremental discounting, decreased fiscal 2016 net sales by approximately $6 million compared to the prior year.
Operating earnings increased mainly due to improvements in gross margin that were driven by increased sales volumes, improved production volume leverage, a decrease in commodity costs and improved operational efficiency.
Higher incentive compensation expenses had an unfavorable impact on operating earnings of $18.6roughly $4 million.

ELA Furniture Solutions (EMEA, Latin America, and Asia Pacific)
Fiscal 2017 Compared to Fiscal 2016
Net sales in the ELA segment were $385.5 million in fiscal 2017, a decrease of $27.1 million from fiscal 2016 net sales of $412.6 million. Orders for fiscal 2017 totaled $384.9 million, a decrease of $32.2 million from fiscal 2016. Operating earnings within ELA for fiscal 2017 were $30.8increased $14.5 million a $4.5 million decrease from fiscal 2016., or 8.3%, over the prior year due to:

Fiscal 2016 included the resultsIncreased gross margin of the company’s dealership in Australia that was divested at the end of the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016. Accordingly, net sales for the ELA segment decreased by $30.8$26.8 million due to increased sales volumes and decreased gross margin percentage of 50 basis points due mainly to the divestiture. The divestitureadoption of ASC 606 and higher commodity and tariff costs, partially offset by profit optimization initiatives and improved material performance; partially offset by
Increased operating expenses of $12.3 million driven primarily by greater restructuring expenses in the current year related to facilities consolidation and costs associated with an early retirement program. Increases in compensation and benefit costs also decreased orders by $32.8 million year-over-year.contributed to the increase in operating expenses from the comparative period.

(*) Non-GAAP measurements; see accompanying reconciliations and explanations.



International Contract ("International")
  Fiscal 2019 Fiscal 2018 Change
Net sales $492.2
 $434.5
 $57.7
Gross margin 166.9
 144.2
 22.7
Gross margin % 33.9% 33.2% 0.7%
Operating earnings 57.8
 36.9
 20.9
Operating earnings % 11.7% 8.5% 3.2%

Net sales increased 13.3%, or 12.9%(*) on an organic basis, over the prior year due to:

Increased sales volumes within the ELAInternational segment of approximately $17$57 million which were driven by increases withinbroad-based growth across the Europe,Asia Pacific and Latin America regions; and Asia regions.
The largest increases were dueadoption of ASC 606 - Revenue from Contracts with Customers at the beginning of fiscal 2019 which led to larger project activity in mainland Europe, Mexico, Brazil, Japan and China.
Deeper discounting, netthe reclassification of incremental price increases, decreased fiscal 2017$13.5 million of certain pricing elements from net sales by an estimated $6 million.
Foreign currency translation decreased net sales by approximately $13.9 million.
The impactto cost of the extra week increased net salessales; partially offset by $6.3 million in fiscal 2017.
The divestiture of the company’s dealership in Australia decreased operating earnings by $1.6 million.
Operating earnings were also reduced in fiscal 2017 by $1.0 million due to restructuring expenses, related primarily to severance costs.
Fiscal 2016 included nonrecurring gains related to the sale of a former manufacturing facility in the United Kingdom and the divestiture of the company’s dealership in Australia. Accordingly, the operating earnings for the ELA segment decreased by $6.1 million due to the nonrecurring gains recorded in fiscal 2016.

Fiscal 2016 Compared to Fiscal 2015
Net sales increased to $412.6 million in fiscal 2016, and increase of $2.7 million as compared to fiscal 2015 of $409.9 million. Orders for fiscal 2016 totaled $417.0 million, a decrease of $0.6 million from fiscal 2015. Operating earnings within ELA for fiscal 2016 were $35.3 million, a $9.4 million increase from fiscal 2015.

Improved sales volumes within Australia, Mexico and China increased in net sales by approximately $31 million.
Changes in pricing, net of incremental discounting, decreased fiscal 2016 net sales by about $2 million compared to the prior year.
The impact of foreign currency translation which decreased net sales by approximately $26.1roughly $12 million.

Operating earnings increased $20.9 million, or 56.6%, over the prior year due to:

GrossIncreased gross margin improvements driven byof $22.7 million due mainly to increased sales volumes, manufacturing efficiency as well as decreasedvolumes; and
Increased gross margin of 70 basis points due mainly to lower overhead costs associated with the benefit from recent restructuring activities in China and lower material costs, driven primarily by volume leverage and freight costs provided a favorable impact on operating earnings.product mix; partially offset by
Nonrecurring gains relatedDecreases to the sale of a former manufacturing facility in the United Kingdomgross margin due to deeper discounting and the divestitureadoption of the company’s dealership in Australia increased operating earnings by $6.1 million.
The impact of foreign currency changes decreased fiscal 2015 operating earnings for ELA by approximately $7 million.ASC 606.

SpecialtyRetail
Fiscal 2017 Compared to Fiscal 2016
Net sales within the Specialty reportable segment were $232.4 million in fiscal 2017, an improvement of $0.6 million as compared to $231.8 million in fiscal 2016. Orders for fiscal 2017 totaled $232.0 million, a decrease of $2.8 million from  $234.8 million in fiscal 2016. Operating earnings within the Specialty reportable segment totaled $17.7 million for the year, an increase of $1.3 million from $16.4 million in fiscal 2016.
  Fiscal 2019 Fiscal 2018 Change
Net sales $388.5
 $356.9
 $31.6
Gross margin 170.7
 163.3
 7.4
Gross margin % 43.9% 45.8% (1.9)%
Operating earnings 5.3
 13.9
 (8.6)
Operating earnings % 1.4% 3.9% (2.5)%

The impactNet sales increased 8.9%, or 10.5%(*) on an organic basis, over the prior year due to:

Increased sales volumes within the Retail segment of an extra week in fiscal 2017approximately $29 million which were driven primarily by the introduction of HAY products and growth across the Company's DWR studio, e-commerce, and contract channels; and
Incremental list price increases, net of deeper discounting, which increased net sales by approximately $3.0$4 million.

Operating earnings decreased $8.6 million, as compared toor 61.9%, over the prior year. year due to:
Sales volumes within
Increased operating expenses of $16.0 million due to incremental marketing, compensation and depreciation expenses that were driven mainly by growth in the Specialty segment, decreasednew studios and the launch of the HAY brand in North America; offset by approximately $2.0 million. This decrease was driven by lower
Increased gross margin of $7.4 million on higher sales volumes within the Geigerbut decreased gross margin percentage of 190 basis points due mainly to lower shipping revenue, higher freight and Maharam subsidiaries, offset by an increasestorage costs and a shift in sales within the Herman Miller Collection business. 
Improved operational efficiencies and lower benefit costs had a favorable impact on operating earnings, which wasproduct mix, partially offset by increased marketing and selling costs. profit optimization initiatives.


Corporate
Fiscal 2016 Compared to Fiscal 2015
Net sales within the Specialty reportable segment were $231.8Corporate unallocated expenses totaled $49.3 million during fiscal 2016, an improvement of $11.9 million as compared to fiscal 2015. Orders for fiscal 2016 totaled $234.8 million,2019, an increase of $13.4$2.2 million from fiscal 2015. Operating earnings within the Specialty reportable segment totaled $16.4 million for the year, an2018. The increase of $2.9 million from fiscal 2015.was driven mainly by increased legal and information technology expenses.

Improved sales volumes increased net sales by $10.9 million, which was driven by increases within the Herman Miller Collection(*) Non-GAAP measurements; see accompanying reconciliations and Geiger subsidiary.
Changes in pricing, net of incremental discounting, increased fiscal 2016 net sales by an estimated $2 million compared to the prior year.
Increased sales volumes and improved operational efficiencies had a favorable impact on operating earnings.
Higher incentive compensation expenses and increased marketing and selling costs had an unfavorable impact on operating earnings of $2.3 million and $1.9 million, respectively.explanations.

Consumer
Fiscal 2017 Compared to Fiscal 2016
Net sales totaled $318.1 million for the year, an increase of 10.2 percent over the fiscal 2016 amount of $288.7 million. Orders of $318.4 million increased 9.1 percent over fiscal 2016. Operating earnings for the year were $5.3 million or 1.7 percent of sales as compared to operating earnings of $8.1 million or 2.8 percent of sales for fiscal 2016.

Increased sales volumes of approximately $29.4 million were due to improvements across several Consumer sales channels, including studios, e-commerce, contract and direct-mail catalogs.
The impact of the extra week increased net sales by $4.7 million in fiscal 2017 as compared to prior year.
Operating expenses within the Consumer segment were higher than the prior year primarily as a result of increased investments in information technology, marketing and investments in personnel supporting the contract and e-commerce channels.
Incremental pre-opening costs related to non-comparable studios increased operating expenses relative to the prior year and had a negative impact on operating earnings of approximately $8 million compared to fiscal 2016.

Fiscal 2016 Compared to Fiscal 2015
Net sales for the Consumer reportable segment increased to $288.7 million in fiscal 2016, an increase of $18.2 million from fiscal 2015 net sales of $270.5 million. Orders for fiscal 2016 totaled $291.7 million, an increase of $20.0 million from fiscal 2015. Operating earnings within the Consumer segment were $8.1 million during fiscal 2016 as compared to operating earnings of $14.7 million in fiscal 2015.

The fiscal year ended May 30, 2015 included 44 weeks of DWR operations (as the acquisition of DWR was completed on July 28, 2014). Accordingly, approximately $30.2 million of the year-over-year net sales increase for this segment is due to the inclusion of DWR operations for the full twelve months of fiscal year 2016.
Adjusted for the impact of this partial period consolidation during fiscal 2015 and the impact of foreign currency translation, which increased net sales by $0.8 million, net sales for the Consumer segment decreased $11.2 million as compared to fiscal 2015. This


was driven by the closing of legacy DWR studios, selling activity interruptions from the implementation of a new ERP system at DWR and the rationalization of independent retail distributors.
The decrease in operating earnings was driven by a reduction in the gross margin percentage at DWR due to a shift in mix to lower margin channels, the impact of promotional activity related to shipping and certain period costs associated with an ERP implementation.
An increase in DWR operating expenses of $8.2 million decreased operating earnings. The increase in operating expenses was due to increased marketing investment, higher staffing levels and incremental occupancy costs that were driven by studio opening costs and double rent associated with new studio openings. These factors were partially offset by inventory-related purchase accounting adjustments that reduced prior year operating earnings by approximately $7.8 million.

Liquidity and Capital Resources
The table below presents certain key cash flow and capital highlights for the fiscal years indicated.
Fiscal Year EndedFiscal Year Ended
(In millions)2017 2016 20152019 2018
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period$96.2
 $84.9
 $63.7
$159.2
 $203.9
Marketable securities, end of period$8.6
 $7.5
 $5.7
$8.8
 $8.6
Cash provided by operating activities$202.1
 $210.4
 $167.7
$216.4
 $166.5
Cash used for investing activities$(116.3) $(80.8) $(213.6)
Cash provided by (used for) financing activities$(74.6) $(106.5) $6.8
Pension and post-retirement benefit plan contributions$(1.1) $(1.2) $1.4
Cash used in investing activities$(165.0) $(62.7)
Cash (used in) provided by financing Activities$(91.9) $2.5
Pension contributions$(0.9) $(13.4)
Capital expenditures$(87.3) $(85.1) $(63.6)$(85.8) $(70.6)
Stock repurchased$(23.7) $(14.1) $(3.7)
Interest-bearing debt, end of period$199.9
 $221.9
 $289.8
Common stock repurchased$(47.9) $(46.5)
Long-term debt, end of period$281.9
 $275.0
Available unsecured credit facilities, end of period (1)
$391.7
 $232.1
 $164.5
$165.0
 $166.8
(1) Amounts shown are net of outstanding letters of credit, which are applied against the company'sCompany's unsecured credit facility. During fiscal 2015, the company renegotiated the unsecured revolving credit facility. Refer to Note 5 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

Cash Flow — Operating Activities
Cash generated from operating activities in fiscal 20172019 totaled $202.1216.4 million compared to $210.4166.5 million generated in the prior year.

Changes in working capital balances in fiscal 2019resulted in a $23.5$34.1 million use of cash compared to a $6.0$32.8 million use of cash in the prior fiscal year. The cash outflow related to changes in working capital balances was driven primarily by an increase in inventory of $29.9$31.9 million and a decreasean increase in accounts payablereceivable of $11.2$24.8 million. The increase in inventory as of the end of fiscal 20172019 as compared to fiscal 20162018 was due mainly to growth in demand at DWR, the build out of inventory in the International segment to fulfill demand, and the launch of the HAY brand in North America. The increase in accounts receivable was driven mainly by an increase at the company's DWR subsidiary, due to studio openingstiming of customer payments and year-end inventory stocking for upcoming promotional events and new product launches. This was partially offset by a decrease in trade receivables of $17.3 million.

During fiscal 2016, changes in working capital balances resulted in a $6.0 million use of cash compared to a $3.5 million source of cashshipments in the priorfourth quarter of the fiscal year. The use ofThese cash related to changes in working capital balances in fiscal 2016 consisted primarily of an increase in trade receivables of $30.5 million, an increase in inventory of $6.0 million and an increase in prepaid expenses of $11.7 million. This wasoutflows were partially offset by an increase in accrued compensation and benefits of $19.4 million, an increase in accounts payable of $8.7$0.5 million and an increase in other accrued liabilities of $14.1$22.7 million. This increase in accrued liabilities is primarily related to an increase in accrued compensation related to the early retirement program instituted in fiscal 2019 and an increase in other accruals.

Collections of accounts receivable remained strong throughoutIn addition to changes in working capital, changes in pension contributions also impacted cash generated from operating activities. The Company decreased pension contributions by $12.5 million in fiscal 2017, and the company's2019 as compared to fiscal 2018.
The Company believes its recorded accounts receivable allowances at the end of the year are believed to be adequate to cover the risk of potential bad debts. Allowances for non-collectible accounts receivable, as a percent of gross accounts receivable, totaled 1.7 percent, 2.01.4 percent and 1.71.3 percent, at the end of fiscal years 2017, 20162019 and 2015,2018 respectively.

Cash Flow — Investing Activities
Capital expenditures totaled $87.3$85.8 million $85.1 million and $63.6$70.6 million in fiscal 2017, 2016,2019 and 2015,2018 respectively. The increase in capital expenditures of $2.2$15.2 million from fiscal 20172018 to fiscal 20162019 was driven primarily by capitalan increase in expenditures associated with the opening of new DWR retailrelated to manufacturing assets in West Michigan and Design Within Reach studio locations.build outs.

The increase in capital expenditures of $21.5 million from fiscal 2015 to fiscal 2016 was driven primarily by payments related to the construction of a new facility in the United Kingdom for the purpose of consolidating manufacturing and distribution activities, as well as capital expenditures associated with product development and the opening of new DWR retail studio locations.



In fiscal 2017, the company repaid loans against the cash surrender value of life insurance policies in the amount of $15.3 million, which has been recorded within investing activities. The cash surrender value of the company-owned life insurance policies and the loans were previously recorded net within "Other noncurrent assets" within the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Cash proceeds from salesales of dealers and properties were zero, $10.7$0.5 million and $0.6$2.1 million in fiscal 2017, 2016,2019 and 2015 ,2018 respectively. DuringCash proceeds received in fiscal 2017,2019 were primarily due to the company sold itsdisposal of property plant and equipment in the International Contract segment. Cash proceeds received in fiscal 2018 was primarily attributable to the sale of a wholly-owned contract furniture dealership in Pennsylvania in exchangeVancouver, Canada for a $3.0 million note receivable. Cash proceeds receivedinitial cash consideration of $2.0 million.

Included in the prior year was driven mainly byfiscal 2019 and 2018 investing activities are net cash outflows related to equity investments in non-consolidated entities. The following amounts represent the sale of a former manufacturing facility inprimary investments that drove the cash outflows:
(In millions)2019 2018
Maars Holding, B.V$6.1
 $
HAY A/S*$65.5
 $
Naughtone Holdings Limited$2.0
 $
Total Cash Outflow$73.6
 $
* Formerly known as Nine United Kingdom for $4.8 million and the divestiture of the company’s remaining 75 percent equity stake in its dealership in Australia for $2.7 million.Denmark A/S




Outstanding commitments for future capital purchases at the end of fiscal 20172019 were approximately $16.3$34.7 million. The companyCompany expects capital spending in fiscal 20182020 to be between $90$105 million and $100$115 million. The capital spending will be allocated primarily to planned investments in product developmentmanufacturing assets and retail studio openings.

Included in the fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 investing activities are net cash outflows related to the acquisition of consolidated and non-consolidated entities. The followings amounts represent the primary investments that drove the cash outflows:
(In millions)2017 2016 2015
Naughtone Holdings Limited$11.6
    
George Nelson Bubble Lamp Product Line  $3.6
  
Design Within Reach (DWR)    $154.0

OurCompany's net marketable securities transactions for fiscal 20172019 yielded a $1.1$0.2 million use of cash.cash outflow. This compares to a $1.7 millionzero use of cash and $5.3 million source of cash in fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2015, respectively.2018.

Cash Flow — Financing Activities
In fiscal 2017, cashCash used for financing activities was $74.6$91.9 million in fiscal 2019 as compared to cash used forprovided by financing activities of $106.5$2.5 million in fiscal 2016. Cash outflows from net payments2018. During fiscal 2018, the Company borrowed $225.0 million on theits revolving line of credit facilityand of these proceeds, $150.0 million was used to repay its Series B Notes. There were $22 million duringno such borrowings in fiscal 2017. By comparison, cash outflows from net payments on the revolving credit facility were $68.0 million during fiscal 2016.2019.

Cash paid for repurchases of common stock was $23.7$47.9 million in the current year as compared to $14.1$46.5 million in the prior year. Additionally, in fiscal 20172019 there was an increasea decrease in cash inflows from the issuance of shares related to stock-based compensation plans. The companyCompany received $11.7$12.3 million related to stock-based compensation plans in fiscal 20172019 compared to $9.2$17.0 million in fiscal 2016.

In fiscal 2016, cash used for financing activities was $106.5 million, as compared to cash provided by financing activities of $6.8 million in fiscal 2015. Cash outflows from net payments on the revolving credit facility were $68.0 million during fiscal 2016. By comparison, cash inflows from net borrowings were $40.0 million during fiscal 2015.2018.

Cash outflows for dividend payments were $39.4 million, $34.9$45.6 million and $33.3$42.4 million in fiscal 2017, 20162019 and 2015,2018 respectively.

Cash paid for repurchasesThe Company is the controlling owner of common stock was $14.1 milliona subsidiary in fiscal 2016 as compared to $3.7 million in fiscal 2015. Additionally, in fiscal 2016which there was an increase in cash inflows from the issuance of shares related to stock-based compensation plans. The company received $9.2 million related to stock-based compensation plans in fiscal 2016 compared to $7.8 million in fiscal 2015.

are redeemable noncontrolling equity interests outstanding. Certain minority shareholders in athis subsidiary have the right, at certain times, to require the companysubsidiary to acquire a portion of their ownership interest in those entities at fair value. It is possible that withinDuring fiscal 2019, these minority shareholders exercised certain of these options to require the next threeCompany's subsidiary to purchase $10.1 million of the outstanding redeemable noncontrolling interests. By comparison, options exercised by the minority shareholders in fiscal years years the company could be required2018 resulted in purchases totaling $1.0 million. The subsidiary also has an option to acquire this ownership interest. The fair valuea portion of thisthe redeemable noncontrolling interest asinterests at fair market value. On July 23, 2019, the subsidiary exercised an option that allowed it to acquire approximately $12.6 million of June 3, 2017 was $24.6the remaining $20.6 million of the redeemable noncontrolling equity interests.

The Company is a party to options, that if exercised, would require the Company to purchase an additional 33% of the equity in HAY at fair market value. These options may be exercised during a period commencing from the third quarter of fiscal 2020 and is included within "Redeemable noncontrolling interests" on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.annually thereafter.  

Sources of Liquidity
In addition to cash flows from operating activities, the companyCompany has access to liquidity through credit facilities, cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments. These sources have been summarized below. For additional information, see Note 56 to the consolidated financial statements.
(In millions, )June 3, 2017 May 28, 2016
(In millions)June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018
Cash and cash equivalents$96.2
 $84.9
$159.2
 $203.9
Marketable securities$8.6
 $7.5
$8.8
 $8.6
Availability under revolving lines of credit$391.7
 $232.1
$165.0
 $166.8
At the end of fiscal 2017,2019, the companyCompany had cash and cash equivalents of $96.2$159.2 million, including foreign cash and cash equivalents of $78.5$87.9 million. In addition, the companyCompany had foreign marketable securities of $8.6$8.8 million. The foreign subsidiary holding the company'sCompany's marketable securities is taxed as a U.S. taxpayer at the company'sCompany's election. Consequently, for tax purposes, all U.S. tax impacts for this subsidiary have been recorded. The company'sHistorically, the Company’s intent iswas to permanently reinvest the foreignremainder of the cash amounts outside the U.S.United States. However, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Act”), enacted on December 22, 2017, assesses a one-time tax on deferred foreign income upon transition to a participation exemption system of taxation. The company's plans do not demonstrate a need to repatriate these balances to fund U.S. operations. The company repatriated zero, $0.7 millionCompany is considering the impact of the Act and zero ofthe one-time transition tax on its foreign earnings during fiscal years 2017, 2016which are invested in liquidable assets. As a result, the Company may repatriate certain amounts in the future and 2015, respectively.is assessing the amount of cash that will remain permanently reinvested.

We believeThe Company believes cash on hand, cash generated from operations, and our borrowing capacity will provide adequate liquidity to fund near term and foreseeable future business operations, capital needs, future dividends and share repurchases, subject to financing availability in the marketplace.



Contingencies
The companyCompany is involved in legal proceedings and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the outcome of such proceedings and litigation currently pending will not materially affect the company'sCompany's Consolidated Financial Statements.

Basis of Presentation
The company'sCompany's fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to May 31. The fiscal year ended June 3, 2017 had 53 weeks of operations while fiscal years ended May 28, 2016June 1, 2019 and May 30, 2015 eachJune 2, 2018 contained 52 weeks, of operations.while the fiscal year ended June 3, 2017 contained 53 weeks.

Contractual Obligations
Contractual obligations associated with our ongoing business and financing activities will result in cash payments in future periods. The following table summarizes the amounts and estimated timing of these future cash payments. Further information regarding debt obligations can be found in Note 56 of the Consolidated Financial Statements. Additional information related to operating leases can be found in Note 67 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Payments due by fiscal year
(In millions)Payments due by fiscal yearTotal 2020 2021-2022 2023-2024 Thereafter
Total 2018 2019-2020 2021-2022 Thereafter
Long-term debt (1)
$199.9
 $
 $
 $50.0
 $149.9
$275.0
 $
 $275.0
 $
 $
Estimated interest on debt obligations (2)(1)
83.3
 11.4
 19.3
 15.5
 37.1
73.1
 11.8
 19.9
 17.5
 23.9
Operating leases329.2
 47.0
 77.5
 63.2
 141.5
315.8
 51.7
 89.7
 72.5
 101.9
Purchase obligations (3)(2)
45.4
 35.2
 6.2
 1.0
 3.0
73.5
 69.6
 3.9
 
 
Pension plan funding (4)
0.9
 0.4
 0.1
 0.1
 0.3
Pension and other post employment benefit plans funding (3)
0.9
 0.4
 0.1
 0.1
 0.3
Stockholder dividends (5)(4)
10.2
 10.2
 
 
 
11.6
 11.6
 
 
 
Other (6)(5)
18.9
 1.7
 3.3
 3.1
 10.8
15.3
 5.4
 2.3
 1.9
 5.7
Total$687.8
 $105.9
 $106.4
 $132.9
 $342.6
$765.2
 $150.5
 $390.9
 $92.0
 $131.8
(1) The notes maturing in fiscal 2018 have been included asContractual cash payments on long-term debt inobligations are disclosed herein based on the table above asmaturity date of the company has both the intent and ability to refinance this short-term obligation on a long-term basis, through the use of its syndicated revolving line of credit.
(2)underlying debt. Estimated future interest payments on our outstanding interest-bearing debt obligations are based on interest rates as of June 3, 2017.1, 2019. Actual cash outflows may differ significantly due to changes in underlying timing of principal payments.interest rates.
(3)(2) Purchase obligations consist of non-cancelable purchase orders and commitments for goods, services, and capital assets.
(4)(3) Pension plan funding commitments are known for a 12-month period for those plans that are funded; unfunded pension and post-retirement plan funding amounts are equal to the estimated benefit payments. As of June 3, 2017,1, 2019, the total projected benefit obligation for our domestic and international employee pension benefit plans was $114.8$110.1 million.
(5)(4) Represents the dividend payable as of June 3, 2017.1, 2019. Future dividend payments are not considered contractual obligations until declared.
(6)(5) Other contractual obligations primarily represent long-term commitments related to deferred and supplemental employee compensation benefits, and other post-employment benefits.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements — Guarantees

We provide certain guarantees to third parties under various arrangements in the form of product warranties, loan guarantees, standby letters of credit, lease guarantees, performance bonds and indemnification provisions. These arrangements are accounted for and disclosed in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 460, "Guarantees" as described in Note 1213 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.



Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our goal is to report financial results clearly and understandably. We follow accounting principles generally accepted in the United States in preparing our Consolidated Financial Statements, which require us to make certain estimates and apply judgments that affect our financial position and results of operations. We continually review our accounting policies and financial information disclosures. These policies and disclosures are reviewed at least annually with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. Following is a summary of our more significant accounting policies that require the use of estimates and judgments in preparing the financial statements.

Revenue Recognition
As described in the “Executive Overview,” the majorityMost of our products and services are sold through one of six channels: independent and owned contract furniture dealers, direct to end customers, DWRcontract sales, retail studios, e-commerce, DWR direct-mail catalogs, and independent retailers. We recognizeThe Company recognizes revenue when performance obligations, based on sales to independent dealers, licenseesthe terms of customer contracts, are satisfied. This happens when control of goods and retailers once products are shipped and title passesservices based on the contract have been conveyed to the buyer. When we sell product directly tocustomer. Revenue for the end customer or through owned dealers or retail studios, we recognize revenue oncesale of products is typically recognized at the product and services are shipped,point in time when control transfers, generally upon transfer of title and risk of loss have transferred to the customer andcustomer. Revenue for services, including the installation of products by the Company's owned dealers, is substantially complete, if applicable.recognized over time as the services are provided. The method of revenue recognition may vary, depending on the type of contract with the customer.

Amounts recorded as net sales generallyThe Company's contracts with customers include any freight chargedmaster agreements and certain other forms of contracts, which do not reach the level of a performance obligation until a purchase order is received from a customer. At the point in time that a purchase order under a contract is received by the Company, the collective group of documents represent an enforceable contract between the Company and the customer. While certain customer contracts may have a duration of greater than a year, all purchase orders are less than a year in duration.

Variable consideration exists within certain contracts that the Company has with customers. When variable consideration is present in a contract with a customer, the Company estimates the amount that should be included in the transaction price utilizing either the expected value method or the most likely amount method, depending on the nature of the variable consideration. These estimates are primarily related to customers, with the related freight expenses recognized within cost of sales. Items such as discounts off list price, rebates and other price related incentives are recorded as reductions to net sales. We record accruals for rebates and other marketingrebate programs which require usinvolve estimating future sales amounts and rebate percentages to make estimates aboutuse in the determination of transaction price. Variable consideration is included in the transaction price if, in the Company’s judgment, it is probable that a significant future customer buying patterns and market conditions. Customerreversal of cumulative revenue under the contract will not occur. Adjustments to Net sales that reach (or failfrom changes in variable consideration related to reach) certain levels can affectperformance obligations completed in previous periods are not material to the amount of such estimates and actual results could differ from our estimates.Company's financial statements. Also, the Company has no contracts with significant financing components.

Receivable Allowances
We base our allowances for receivables on known customer exposures, historical credit experience and the specific identification of other potential problems, including the current economic climate. These methods are applied to all major receivables, including trade, lease, and notes receivable. In addition, we follow a policy that consistently applies reserve rates based on the outstanding accounts receivable and historical experience. Actual collections can differ from our historical experience and if economic or business conditions deteriorate significantly, adjustments to these reserves may be required.

The accounts receivable allowance totaled $3.3$3.5 million and $4.3$2.9 million at June 3, 20171, 2019 and May 28, 2016,June 2, 2018, respectively. As a percentage of gross accounts receivable, these allowances totaled 1.71.4 percent and 2.01.3 percent for fiscal 20172019 and fiscal 2016,2018, respectively. The year-over-year decreaseincrease in the allowance is primarily due to fewerincreased general and customer-specific reserves in the current year, relative to the prior year.

Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangibles
The carrying value of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets as of June 3, 20171, 2019 and May 28, 2016June 2, 2018, was $382.6381.9 million and $390.5382.2 million, respectively. Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment annually, or more frequently, if changes in circumstances or the occurrence of events suggest that impairment exists. The companyCompany performs the annual goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets impairment testing during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year.

The companyCompany completed the required annual goodwill impairment test in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017,2019, as of April 1, 2017,March 31, 2019, performing a combination of thequantitative and qualitative assessmentimpairment test for all goodwill reporting units and the quantitative impairment test.other indefinite-lived intangible assets. For the reporting units that were testedthe Company elected to test qualitatively, as is permitted under ASU 2011-08, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment, the qualitative assessment, the company determined thatCompany concluded it wasto be more likely than not that the goodwill of the reporting units were not impaired, and thus, the two-step quantitative impairment test was unnecessary. For the reporting units that were tested undertheir estimated fair values are greater than their respective carrying values.
In performing the quantitative impairment test, the companyCompany determined that the fair value of the reporting units exceeded the carrying amount and, as such, the reporting units were not impaired and the second step of the impairment test was not necessary.



The Company performed a sensitivity analysis over key valuation assumptions. The carrying value of the Company's Retail reporting unit was $249.9 million as of June 1, 2019. The calculated fair value of the reporting unit was $282.6 million, which represents an excess fair value of $32.7 million or 13%. Due to the level that the reporting unit fair values exceeded the carrying amounts and the results of the sensitivity analysis, the Company may need to record an impairment charge if the operating results of its Retail reporting unit were to decline in future periods.

The test for impairment requires the companyCompany to make several estimates about fair value, most of which are based on projected future cash flows and market valuation multiples. We estimated the fair value of the reporting units using a discounted cash flow analysis and reconciled the sum of the fair values of the reporting units to total market capitalization of the company,Company, plus a control premium. The control premium represents an estimate associated with obtaining control of the companyCompany in an acquisition. The discounted cash flow analysis used the present value of projected cash flows and a residual value.

The companyCompany employs a market-based approach in selecting the discount rates used in our analysis. The discount rates selected represent market rates of return equal to what the companyCompany believes a reasonable investor would expect to achieve on investments of similar size to the company'sCompany's reporting units. The companyCompany believes the discount rates selected in the quantitative assessment are appropriate in that, in all cases, they meet or exceed the estimated weighted average cost of capital for our business as a whole. The results of the impairment test are sensitive to changes in the discount rates and changes in the discount rate may result in future impairment.



The company performs both qualitative andIn fiscal 2019, the Company performed only quantitative assessments to determine whether anin testing indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired. A qualitative assessment is performed first to determine whether it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired. If, after considering the totality of events and circumstances, an entity determines it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is not impaired, then calculating the fair value of such asset is unnecessary.assets for impairment. The quantitative impairment test when necessary, is based on the relief from royalty method to determine the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible assets, which is both a market-based approach and an income-based approach. The relief from royalty method focuses on the level of royalty payments that the user of an intangible asset would have to pay a third party for the use of the asset if it were not owned by the user. This method involves estimating theoretical future after tax royalty payments based on the company'sCompany's forecasted revenues attributable to the trade names. These payments are then discounted to present value utilizing a discount rate that considers the after-corporate tax required rate of return applicable to the asset. The projected revenues reflect the best estimate of management for the trade names; however, actual revenues could differ from our estimates.

The discount rates selected represent market rates of return equal to what the companyCompany believes a reasonable investor would expect to achieve on investments of similar size and type to the indefinite-lived intangible asset being tested. The companyCompany believes the discount rates selected are appropriate in that, in all cases, they exceed the estimated weighted average cost of capital for our business as a whole. The results of the impairment test are sensitive to changes in the discount rates and changes in the discount rate may result in future impairment. The Company performed a sensitivity analysis over key valuation assumptions.

The carrying value of the Company's DWR trade name indefinite-lived intangible asset was $55.1 million as of June 1, 2019. The calculated fair value of the reporting unit was $63.2 million which represents an excess fair value of $8.1 million or 14.6%. If the residual cash flows related to the Company's DWR trade name were to decline in future periods, the Company may need to record an impairment charge.

During fiscal 2017, the companyCompany recognized pre-tax asset impairment expenses totaling $7.1 million associated with the Nemschoff trade name, after which there is no remaining carrying value for this trade name. This impairment expense was incurred due to the fact that the forecasted revenue and profitability of the business did not support the recorded fair value for the trade name. There was no impairment indicated on indefinite-lived intangible assets in fiscal 20162019 or fiscal 2018 as a result of our impairment testing. In fiscal 2015, the company recognized pre-tax asset impairment expenses totaling $10.8 million associated with the POSH trade name. Although profitability associated with the POSH trade name increased as compared to fiscal 2014, forecasts developed during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015 indicated that forecasts of revenue and profitability no longer supported the value of the trade name intangible asset.

Long-lived Assets
The companyCompany evaluates other long-lived assets and acquired business units for indicators of impairment when events or circumstances indicate that an impairment risk may be present. The judgments regarding the existence of impairment are based on market conditions, operational performance, and estimated future cash flows. If the carrying value of a long-lived asset is considered impaired, an impairment charge is recorded to adjust the asset to its estimated fair value.

Warranty ReserveReserves
The companyCompany stands behind companyCompany products and the promises it makes to customers. From time to time, quality issues arise resulting in the need to incur costs to correct problems with products or services. The companyCompany has established warranty reserves for the various costs associated with these obligations. General warranty reserves are based on historical claims experience and periodically adjusted for business levels. Specific reserves are established once an issue is identified. The valuation of such reserves is based on the estimated costs to correct the problem. Actual costs may vary and may result in an adjustment to these reserves.



Inventory Reserves
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market.net realizable value. The inventories at our West Michigan manufacturing operations are valued using the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method, whereas inventories of certain other subsidiaries are valued using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. The companyCompany establishes reserves for excess and obsolete inventory, based on prevailing circumstances and judgment for consideration of current events, such as economic conditions that may affect inventory. The reserve required to record inventory at lower of cost or market may be adjusted in response to changing conditions.

Income Taxes
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities, and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to reverse. In evaluating our ability to recover our deferred tax assets within the jurisdiction from which they arise, we consider all available positive and negative evidence. The assumptions about future taxable income require significant judgment and are consistent with the plans and estimates we are using to manage the underlying businesses.

See Note 1011 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding the company'sCompany's uncertain tax positions.

The companyCompany has net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards available in certain jurisdictions to reduce future taxable income. The companyCompany also has foreign tax credits available in certain jurisdictions to reduce future tax due. Future tax benefits for NOL carryforwards and foreign tax credits are recognized to the extent that realization of these benefits is considered more likely than not. This determination is based on the expectation


that related operations will be sufficiently profitable or various tax planning strategies available to us will enable us to utilize the NOL carryforwards and/or foreign tax credits. When information becomes available that raises doubts about the realization of a deferred income tax asset, a valuation allowance is established.us.

Self-Insurance Reserves
With the assistance of independent actuaries, reserves are established for workers' compensation and general liability exposures. The reserves are established based on expected future claims for incurred losses. The companyCompany also establishes reserves for health, prescription drugs and dental benefit exposures based on historical claims information along with certain assumptions about future trends. The methods and assumptions used to determine the liabilities are applied consistently, although, actual claims experience can vary. The companyCompany also maintains insurance coverage for certain risk exposures through traditional, premium-based insurance policies. The company'sCompany's health benefitsbenefit and auto liability retention level doeslevels do not include an aggregate stop loss policy. The company'sCompany's retention levels designated within significant insurance arrangements as of June 3, 2017,1, 2019, are as follows.follows:
(In millions) Retention Level (per occurrence)
General liability and auto liability/physical damage $1.00
Workers' compensation and property $0.75
(In millions) Retention Level (per occurrence)
General liability $1.00
Auto liability $1.00
Workers' compensation $0.75
Health benefit $0.50

Pension and other Post-Retirement Benefits
The determination of the obligation and expense for pension and other post-retirement benefits depends on certain actuarial assumptions. Among the most significant of these assumptions are the discount rate and expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. We determine these assumptions as follows.

Discount Rate — This assumption is established at the end of the fiscal year based on high-quality corporate bond yields. The companyCompany utilizes the services of an independent actuarial firm to assist in determining the rate. Future expected actuarially determined cash flows for the company'sCompany's domestic pension, international pension and post-retirement medical plans are individually discounted at the spot rates under the Mercer Yield Curve to arrive at the plan’s obligations as of the measurement date.

Expected Long-Term Rate of Return Thecompany Company bases this assumption on our long-term assumed rates of return for equities and fixed income securities, weighted by the allocation of the invested assets of the pension plan. The companyCompany considers likely returns and risk factors specific to the various classes of investments and advice from independent actuaries in establishing this rate. Changes in the investment allocation of plan assets would impact this assumption. A shift to a higher relative percentage of fixed income securities, for example, would result in a lower assumed rate.

While the above assumption represents the long-term market return expectation, actual asset returns can and do differ from year-to-year. Such differences give rise to actuarial gains and losses. In years where actual market returns are lower than the assumed rate, an actuarial loss is generated. Conversely, an actuarial gain results when actual market returns exceed the assumed rate in a given year. As of June 3, 2017, and May 28, 2016, the net actuarial loss associated with the employee pension and post-retirement benefit plans totaled approximately $50.6 million and $39.4 million, respectively.



Changes in the discount rate and return on assets can have a significant effect on the expense and obligations related to our pension plans. The companyCompany cannot reasonably predict if adjustments impacting the expense or obligation from changes in these estimates will be significant. Both the June 3, 20171, 2019 pension funded status and 2018fiscal 2020 expense are affected by year end 2017fiscal 2019 discount rate and expected return on assets assumptions. Any change to these assumptions will be specific to the time periods noted and may not be additive, so the impact of changing multiple factors simultaneously cannot be calculated by combining the individual sensitivities shown. 

As of June 1, 2019, and June 2, 2018, the net actuarial loss associated with the employee pension and post-retirement benefit plans totaled approximately $48 million and $40 million, respectively.

The effect of a 1 percent increase/(decrease) in discount rates and expected return on assets on the projected fiscal 20182020 expense and the pension obligation as at June 3, 20171, 2019 is shown below:
(In millions)   
Assumption20182020 Expense June 3, 20171, 2019 Obligation
 U.S. International U.S. International
Discount rate
 $ (1.5)(1.4) / 1.91.6 $(0.3) / 0.40.3 $ (21.2)(19.6) / 28.825.8
Expected return on assets
 $ (0.8)(1.0) / 0.81.0 
 

For purposes of determining annual net pension expense, the companyCompany uses a calculated method for determining the market-related value of plan assets. Under this method, the companyCompany recognizes the change in fair value of plan assets systematically over a five-year period. Accordingly,


a portion of the net actuarial loss is deferred. As of June 3, 2017,1, 2019, the deferred net actuarial loss (i.e., the portion of the total net actuarial loss not subject to amortization) was $0.9$3.2 million.

Refer to Note 78 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information regarding costs and assumptions used for employee benefit plans.

Stock-Based Compensation
The companyCompany views stock-based compensation as a key component of total compensation for certain employees, non-employee directors and officers. The stock-based compensation programs have included grants of restricted stock options, restricted stock units, performance share units, and employee stock purchases and stock options.purchases. The companyCompany recognizes expense related to each of these share-based arrangements. The Black-Scholes option pricing model is used in estimating the fair value of stock options issued in connection with compensation programs. This pricing model requires the use of several input assumptions. Among the most significant of these assumptions are the expected volatility of the common stock price and the expected timing of future stock option exercises.

Expected Volatility — This represents a measure, expressed as a percentage, of the expected fluctuation in the market price of the company'sCompany's common stock. As a point of reference, a high volatility percentage would assume a wider expected range of market returns for a particular security. All other assumptions held constant, this would yield a higher stock option valuation than a calculation using a lower measure of volatility. In measuring the fair value of the majority of stock options issued during fiscal 20172019, we utilized an expected volatility of 26 percent. Certain options related to the Herman Miller Consumer Holdings (HMCH) Stock Option Plan are classified as a liability within the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of June 3, 2017, an expected volatility of 35 percent was used in the year end liability valuation.27 percent.

Expected Term of Options — This assumption represents the expected length of time between the grant date of a stock option and the date at which it is exercised (option life). The companyCompany assumed an average expected term of 4.04.4 years in calculating the fair values of the majority of stock options issued during fiscal 20172019, except for the HMCH Stock Option Plan, where we utilized an average expected term of 2.1 years..

Refer to Note 910 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion on our stock-based compensation plans.

Contingencies
In the ordinary course of business, the companyCompany encounters matters that raise the potential for contingent liabilities. In evaluating these matters for accounting treatment and disclosure, the companyCompany is required to apply judgment to determine the probability that a liability has been incurred. The companyCompany is also required to measure, if possible, the dollar value of such liabilities in determining whether or not recognition in our financial statements is required. This process involves the use of estimates which may differ from actual outcomes. Refer to Note 1213 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information relating to contingencies.

New Accounting Standards
Refer to Note 1 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for information related to new accounting standards.



Forward Looking Statements
This information contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act, as amended, that are based on management’s beliefs, assumptions, current expectations, estimates, and projections about the office furniture industry, the economy, and the companyCompany itself. Words like “anticipates,” “believes,” “confident,” “estimates,” “expects,” “forecasts,” likely,” “plans,” “projects,” “should,” variations of such words, and similar expressions identify such forward-looking statements. These statements do not guarantee future performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties, and assumptions that are difficult to predict with regard to timing, extent, likelihood, and degree of occurrence. These risks include, without limitation, the success of our growth strategy, employment and general economic conditions, the pace of economic recovery in the U.S and in our International markets, the increase in white-collar employment, the willingness of customers to undertake capital expenditures, the types of products purchased by customers, competitive-pricing pressures, the availability and pricing of raw materials, our reliance on a limited number of suppliers, our ability to expand globally given the risks associated with regulatory and legal compliance challenges and accompanying currency fluctuations, the ability to increase prices to absorb the additional costs of raw materials, the financial strength of our dealers and the financial strength of our customers, our ability to locate new DWRretail studios, negotiate favorable lease terms for new and existing locations and the implementation of our studio portfolio transformation, our ability to attract and retain key executives and other qualified employees, our ability to continue to make product innovations, the success of newly-introduced products, our ability to serve all of our markets, possible acquisitions, divestitures or alliances, the pace and level of government procurement, the outcome of pending litigation or governmental audits or investigations, political risk in the markets


we serve, and other risks identified in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Therefore, actual results and outcomes may materially differ from what we express or forecast. Furthermore, Herman Miller, Inc., undertakes no obligation to update, amend or clarify forward-looking statements.



Item 7A QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
The companyCompany manufactures, markets, and sells its products throughout the world and, as a result, is subject to changing economic conditions, which could reduce the demand for its products.

Direct Material Costs
The companyCompany is exposed to risks arising from price changes for certain direct materials and assembly components used in its operations. The largest of such costs incurred by the companyCompany are for steel, plastics, textiles, wood particleboard, and aluminum components. The impact from changes in all commodity prices increased the company'sCompany's costs by approximately $9$16 million during fiscal 20172019 compared to the prior year. The impact from changes in commodity prices decreasedincreased the company'sCompany's costs by approximately $20$10 million during fiscal 20162018 as compared to fiscal 2015.2017. Note that these changes include the impact of Chinese tariffs on the Company's direct material costs.

The market prices for commodities will fluctuate over time and the companyCompany acknowledges that such changes are likely to impact its costs for key direct materials and assembly components. Consequently, it views the prospect of such changes as an outlook risk to the business.

Foreign Exchange Risk
The companyCompany primarily manufactures its products in the United States, United Kingdom, China and India. It also sources completed products and product components from outside the United States. The company'sCompany's completed products are sold in numerous countries around the world. Sales in foreign countries as well as certain expenses related to those sales are transacted in currencies other than the company'sCompany's reporting currency, the U.S. dollar. Accordingly, production costs and profit margins related to these sales are effected by the currency exchange relationship between the countries where the sales take place and the countries where the products are sourced or manufactured. These currency exchange relationships can also impact the company'sCompany's competitive positions within these markets.

In the normal course of business, the companyCompany enters into contracts denominated in foreign currencies. The principal foreign currencies in which the companyCompany conducts its business are the British pound sterling, euro, Canadian dollar, Japanese yen, Mexican peso, Hong Kong dollar and Chinese renminbi. As of June 3, 2017,1, 2019, the companyCompany had outstanding, thirteen forward currency instruments designed to offset either net asset or net liability exposure that is denominated in non-functional currencies. OneFour forward contract wascontracts were placed to offset a 35.021.5 million Hong KongU.S. dollar-denominated net asset exposure. Two forward contracts were placed to offset an 11.6a 21 million euro-denominated net asset exposure. Three forward contracts were placed to offset a 12.0 million U.S. dollar-denominated net liability exposure. One forward contract was placed to offset an 8.58 million South African rand-denominated net asset exposure. One forward contract was placed to offset an $0.6 million Canadian dollar-denominated net asset exposure. Five forward contracts were placed to offset a 13.314.0 million U.S.dollar-denominated net liability exposure. One forward contract was placed to offset a 5.81.5 million euro-denominated net liability exposure.

As of May 28, 2016,June 2, 2018, the companyCompany had outstanding, sixteenthirteen forward currency instruments designed to offset either net asset or net liability exposure that is denominated in non-functional currencies. OneThree forward contract wascontracts were placed to offset a 52.918.5 million Hong KongU.S. dollar-denominated net assetliability exposure. Two forward contracts were placed to offset a 9.313.7 million euro-denominated net asset exposure. One forward contract was placed to offset an 10.5 million South African rand-denominated net asset exposure. Five forward contracts were placed to offset a 13.613.0 million U.S. dollar-denominatedU.S.dollar-denominated net assetliability exposure. One forward contract was placed to offset a 6.6 million South African rand-denominated net asset exposure. One forward contract was placed to offset a 0.7 million Canadian dollar-denominated net asset exposure. One forward contract was placed to offset a 1.01.2 million euro-denominated net liability exposure. Five forward contracts were placed to offset a 13.1 million U.S.dollar-denominated net liability exposure.

A net loss of $0.7 million, $0.7 million and $2.1 million related to theThe cost of the foreign currency hedges and remeasuring all foreign currency transactions into the appropriate functional currency was a net gain of $0.3 million in fiscal 2019 in contrast to net loss of $0.4 million in fiscal 2018 included in net earnings for the fiscal years ended June 3, 2017, May 28, 2016 and May 30, 2015, respectively.earnings. These amounts are included in “Other Expenses (Income)” in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. Additionally, the cumulative effect of translating the balance sheet and income statement accounts from the functional currency into the United States dollar increaseddecreased the accumulated comprehensive loss component of total stockholders' equity by $7.2$14.2 million $8.8 million and $9.7$2.7 million as of the end of as of the end of fiscal 2017, 20162019 and 2015,2018, respectively.

Interest Rate Risk
During the fiscal year ended June 3, 2017, the company entered into an interest rate swap agreement with an aggregate notional amount of $150.0 million, a forward start date of January 3, 2018 and a termination date of January 3, 2028. As a result of the transaction, the company effectively will convert $150.0 million of its outstanding indebtedness from a LIBOR-based floating interest rate plus applicable margin to a 1.949 percent fixed interest rate plus applicable margin under the agreement as of the forward start date. On January 3, 2018, the company


will borrow on its variable rate revolving credit facility in order to pay off $150.0 million of Series B Senior Notes. These variable rate borrowings will be converted from variable to fixed through the use of the interest rate swap.

The companyCompany enters into interest rate swap agreements to manage its exposure to interest rate changes and its overall cost of borrowing. The company'sCompany's interest rate swap agreement was entered into to exchange variable rate interest payments for fixed rate payments over the life of the agreement without the exchange of the underlying notional amounts. The notional amount of the interest rate swap agreement is used to measure interest to be paid or received and does not represent the amount of exposure to credit loss. The differential paid or received on the interest rate swap agreement is recognized as an adjustment to interest expense.
These interest rate swap derivative instruments are held and used by the companyCompany as a tool for managing interest rate risk. They are not used for trading or speculative purposes. The counterparties to the swap instruments are large financial institutions that the companyCompany believes are of high-quality creditworthiness. While the companyCompany may be exposed to potential losses due to the credit risk of non-performance by these counterparties, such losses are not anticipated.



In September 2016, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement. The combinedinterest rate swap is for an aggregate notional amount of $150.0 million with a forward start date of January 3, 2018 and a termination date of January 3, 2028. As a result of the transaction, the Company effectively converted indebtedness anticipated to be borrowed on the Company’s revolving line of credit up to the notional amount from a LIBOR-based floating interest rate plus applicable margin to a 1.949 percent fixed interest rate plus applicable margin under the agreement as of the forward start date.

In June 2017, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement. The interest rate swap is for an aggregate notional amount of $75.0 million with a forward start date of January 3, 2018 and a termination date of January 3, 2028. As a result of the transaction, the Company effectively converted the Company’s revolving line of credit up to the notional amount from a LIBOR-based floating interest rate plus applicable margin to a 2.387 percent fixed interest rate plus applicable margin under the agreement as of the forward start date.
The fair market value and net asset amount of the effective interest rate swap instruments was $2.1a net liability of $1.2 million at June 3, 2017. The swap instrument has1, 2019 compared to a forward start datenet asset of January 3, 2018 hence had no impact on total interest expense in fiscal 2017.$15.0 million at June 2, 2018. All cash flows related to the company'sCompany's interest rate swap instruments are denominated in U.S. dollars. For further information, refer to Notes 56 and 1112 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Expected cash outflows (notional amounts) over the next five years and thereafter related to debt instruments are as follows.
(In millions)2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 Thereafter 
Total(1)
2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 Thereafter 
Total(1)
Long-Term Debt - Fixed rate:                          
Interest rate = 6.42%(2)

$
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $149.9
 $149.9
Interest rate = 6.00%

$
 $
 $
 $50.0
 $
 $
 $50.0
$
 $50.0
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $50.0
Interest rate = 1.949%(2)
$
 $
 $150.0
 $
 $
 $
 $150.0
Interest rate = 2.387%(2)
$
 $
 $75.0
 $
 $
 $
 $75.0
(1) Amount does not include the recorded fair value of the swap instrument,instruments, which totaled $2.1a $1.2 million net liability and a $15.0 million net asset at the end of fiscal 2017.2019 and 2018, respectively.
(2) The company will have debt outstanding related to its Series B Senior Notes at a fixed interest rate of 6.42 percent until January 3, 2018. At that point in time, the company will borrow on its variable rate revolving credit facility in order to pay off notes. The company'sCompany's revolving credit facility has a variable interest rate, but due to the interest rate swap,swaps, the rate on $150.0 million and $75.0 million will be fixed at 1.949% and 2.387%, respectively as demonstrated in the table above.
 


Item 8 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATAFinancial Statements and Supplementary Data

Herman Miller, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
Fiscal Years EndedFiscal Years Ended
(In millions, except per share data)June 3, 2017 May 28, 2016 May 30, 2015June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018 June 3, 2017
Net sales$2,278.2
 $2,264.9
 $2,142.2
$2,567.2
 $2,381.2
 $2,278.2
Cost of sales1,414.0
 1,390.7
 1,350.8
1,637.3
 1,508.2
 1,414.0
Gross margin864.2
 874.2
 791.4
929.9
 873.0
 864.2
Operating expenses:          
Selling, general and administrative587.8
 585.6
 543.9
639.3
 615.3
 587.5
Restructuring and impairment expenses12.5
 
 12.7
10.2
 5.7
 12.5
Design and research73.1
 77.1
 71.4
76.9
 73.1
 73.1
Total operating expenses673.4
 662.7
 628.0
726.4
 694.1
 673.1
Operating earnings190.8
 211.5
 163.4
203.5
 178.9
 191.1
Other expenses (income):          
Interest expense15.2
 15.4
 17.5
12.1
 13.5
 15.2
Interest and other investment income(2.2) (0.8) (0.6)(2.1) (4.4) (2.2)
Other, net0.2
 0.3
 1.3
(1.6) 1.7
 0.5
Net other expenses13.2
 14.9
 18.2
8.4
 10.8
 13.5
Earnings before income taxes177.6
 196.6
 145.2
195.1
 168.1
 177.6
Income tax expense55.1
 59.5
 47.2
39.6
 42.4
 55.1
Equity earnings from nonconsolidated affiliates, net of tax1.6
 0.4
 0.1
5.0
 3.0
 1.6
Net earnings124.1
 137.5
 98.1
160.5
 128.7
 124.1
Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests0.2
 0.8
 0.6

 0.6
 0.2
Net earnings attributable to Herman Miller, Inc.$123.9
 $136.7
 $97.5
$160.5
 $128.1
 $123.9
          
Earnings per share — basic$2.07
 $2.28
 $1.64
$2.72
 $2.15
 $2.07
Earnings per share — diluted$2.05
 $2.26
 $1.62
$2.70
 $2.12
 $2.05
          
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:          
Foreign currency translation adjustments$(7.2) $(8.8) $(9.7)$(14.2) $2.7
 $(7.2)
Pension and post-retirement liability adjustments(12.7) 0.5
 (8.6)(7.8) 10.4
 (12.7)
Unrealized gains on interest rate swap agreement2.1
 
 
Unrealized (losses) gains on interest rate swap agreement(12.3) 7.8
 2.1
Unrealized holding gain on available for sale securities0.1
 
 

 
 0.1
Total other comprehensive loss(17.7) (8.3) (18.3)
Total other comprehensive (loss) income(34.3) 20.9
 (17.7)
Comprehensive income106.4
 129.2
 79.8
126.2
 149.6
 106.4
Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests0.2
 0.8
 0.6

 0.6
 0.2
Comprehensive income attributable to Herman Miller, Inc.$106.2
 $128.4
 $79.2
$126.2
 $149.0
 $106.2



Herman Miller, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(In millions, except share and per share data)June 3, 2017 May 28, 2016June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018
Assets      
Current Assets:      
Cash and cash equivalents$96.2
 $84.9
$159.2
 $203.9
Marketable securities8.6
 7.5
8.8
 8.6
Accounts and notes receivable, less allowances of $3.3 in 2017 and $4.3 in 2016186.6
 211.0
Accounts and notes receivable, less allowances of $3.8 in 2019 and $3.3 in 2018218.0
 217.4
Unbilled accounts receivable34.3
 1.9
Inventories, net152.4
 128.2
184.2
 162.4
Prepaid taxes17.7
 20.4
9.2
 9.9
Other30.4
 28.5
47.6
 41.3
Total Current Assets491.9
 480.5
661.3
 645.4
      
Property and Equipment:      
Land and improvements24.0
 24.1
24.2
 24.4
Buildings and improvements229.0
 205.7
267.6
 238.6
Machinery and equipment662.4
 645.3
733.0
 700.0
Construction in progress53.3
 53.9
59.9
 57.8
Gross Property and Equipment968.7
 929.0
1,084.7
 1,020.8
Less: Accumulated depreciation(654.1) (648.9)(736.1) (689.4)
Net Property and Equipment314.6
 280.1
348.6
 331.4
Goodwill304.5
 305.3
303.8
 304.1
Indefinite-lived intangibles78.1
 85.2
78.1
 78.1
Other amortizable intangibles, net45.4
 50.8
41.1
 41.3
Other assets71.8
 33.3
136.4
 79.2
Total Assets$1,306.3
 $1,235.2
$1,569.3
 $1,479.5
      
Liabilities, Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests and Stockholders' Equity      
Current Liabilities:      
Accounts payable$148.4
 $165.6
$177.7
 $171.4
Accrued compensation and benefits79.7
 85.2
85.5
 86.3
Accrued warranty47.7
 43.9
53.1
 51.5
Unearned revenue33.2
 35.4
Customer deposits30.7
 27.6
Other accrued liabilities76.7
 59.9
99.1
 77.0
Total Current Liabilities385.7
 390.0
446.1
 413.8
      
Long-term debt199.9
 221.9
Long-term debt, less current portion281.9
 275.0
Pension and post-retirement benefits38.5
 25.8
24.5
 15.6
Other liabilities69.9
 45.8
77.0
 79.8
Total Liabilities694.0
 683.5
829.5
 784.2
      
Redeemable noncontrolling interests24.6
 27.0
20.6
 30.5
Stockholders' Equity:      
Preferred stock, no par value (10,000,000 shares authorized, none issued)
 

 
Common stock, $0.20 par value (240,000,000 shares authorized, 59,715,824 and 59,868,276 shares issued and outstanding in 2017 and 2016, respectively)
11.9
 12.0
Common stock, $0.20 par value (240,000,000 shares authorized, 58,794,148 and 59,230,974 shares issued and outstanding in 2019 and 2018, respectively)11.7
 11.7
Additional paid-in capital139.3
 142.7
89.8
 116.6
Retained earnings519.5
 435.3
712.7
 598.3
Accumulated other comprehensive loss(82.2) (64.5)(94.2) (61.3)
Key executive deferred compensation(1.0) (1.1)(0.8) (0.7)
Herman Miller, Inc. Stockholders' Equity587.5
 524.4
719.2
 664.6
Noncontrolling interests0.2
 0.3

 0.2
Total Stockholders' Equity587.7
 524.7
719.2
 664.8
Total Liabilities, Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests and Stockholders' Equity$1,306.3
 $1,235.2
$1,569.3
 $1,479.5


Herman Miller, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
 Fiscal Years Ended
June 3, 2017 May 28, 2016 May 30, 2015
Preferred Stock     
Balance at beginning of year and end of year$
 $
 $
Common Stock     
Balance at beginning of year$12.0
 $11.9
 $11.9
Repurchase and retirement of common stock(0.1) 
 
Restricted stock units released
 0.1
 
Balance at end of year$11.9
 $12.0
 $11.9
Additional Paid-in Capital     
Balance at beginning of year$142.7
 $135.1
 $122.4
Exercise of stock options9.4
 6.6
 5.7
Repurchase and retirement of common stock(23.7) (14.1) (3.7)
Employee stock purchase plan issuances1.9
 1.7
 1.6
Stock-based compensation expense9.1
 11.9
 8.6
Excess tax benefit for stock-based compensation(0.6) 0.8
 0.4
Restricted stock units released0.3
 0.2
 0.2
Deferred compensation plan(0.1) (0.1) (0.5)
Directors' fees0.3
 0.6
 0.4
Balance at end of year$139.3
 $142.7
 $135.1
Retained Earnings     
Balance at beginning of year$435.3
 $330.2
 $269.6
Net income attributable to Herman Miller, Inc.123.9
 136.7
 97.5
Dividends declared on common stock (per share - 2017: $0.68; 2016: $0.59; 2015: $0.56)(40.9) (35.6) (33.6)
Noncontrolling interests redemption value adjustment1.2
 4.0
 (3.3)
Balance at end year$519.5
 $435.3
 $330.2
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss     
Balance at beginning of year$(64.5) $(56.2) $(37.9)
Other comprehensive loss(17.7) (8.3) (18.3)
Balance at end of year$(82.2) $(64.5) $(56.2)
Key Executive Deferred Compensation     
Balance at beginning of year$(1.1) $(1.2) $(1.7)
Deferred compensation plan0.1
 0.1
 0.5
Balance at end of year$(1.0) $(1.1) $(1.2)
Herman Miller, Inc. Stockholders' Equity$587.5
 $524.4
 $419.8
Noncontrolling Interests     
Balance at beginning of year$0.3
 $0.5
 $
Initial origination of noncontrolling interests
 
 6.0
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
 0.3
 0.1
Deconsolidation of entity with noncontrolling interests
 (0.5) 
Stock-based compensation expense(0.1) 
 0.2
Purchase of noncontrolling interests
 
 (5.8)
Balance at end of year$0.2
 $0.3
 $0.5
Total Stockholders' Equity$587.7
 $524.7
 $420.3
 Preferred Stock Common Stock Additional Paid-in Capital Retained Earnings Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Key Executive Deferred Compensation Herman Miller, Inc. Stockholders' Equity Noncontrolling Interests Total Stockholders' Equity
(In millions, except share and per share data) Shares Amount       
May 28, 2016$
 59,868,276
 $12.0
 $142.7
 $435.3
 $(64.5) $(1.1) $524.4
 $0.3
 $524.7
Net earnings
 
 
 
 123.9
 
 
 123.9
 
 123.9
Other comprehensive loss
 
 
 
 
 (17.7) 
 (17.7) 
 (17.7)
Stock-based compensation expense
 
 
 9.1
 
 
 
 9.1
 (0.1) 9.0
Excess tax benefit for stock-based compensation
 
 
 (0.6) 
 
 
 (0.6) 
 (0.6)
Exercise of stock options
 327,299
 
 9.4
 
 
 
 9.4
 
 9.4
Restricted and performance stock units released
 207,776
 
 0.3
 
 
 
 0.3
 
 0.3
Employee stock purchase plan issuances
 68,047
 
 1.9
 
 
 
 1.9
 
 1.9
Repurchase and retirement of common stock
 (765,556) (0.1) (23.7) 
 
 
 (23.8) 
 (23.8)
Directors' fees
 9,982
 
 0.3
 
 
 
 0.3
 
 0.3
Deferred compensation plan
 
 
 (0.1) 
 
 0.1
 
 
 
Dividends declared ($0.68 per share)
 
 
 
 (40.9) 
 
 (40.9) 
 (40.9)
Redemption value adjustment
 
 
 
 1.2
 
 
 1.2
 
 1.2
June 3, 2017$
 59,715,824
 $11.9
 $139.3
 $519.5
 $(82.2) $(1.0) $587.5
 $0.2
 $587.7
Net earnings
 
 
 
 128.1
 
 
 128.1
 
 128.1
Other comprehensive income
 
 
 
 
 20.9
 
 20.9
 
 20.9
Stock-based compensation expense
 
 
 7.0
 
 
 
 7.0
 
 7.0
Exercise of stock options
 538,259
 
 14.6
 
 
 
 14.6
 
 14.6
Restricted and performance stock units released
 256,884
 0.1
 0.2
 
 
 
 0.3
 
 0.3
Employee stock purchase plan issuances
 67,335
 
 2.0
 
 
 
 2.0
 
 2.0
Repurchase and retirement of common stock
 (1,356,156) (0.3) (46.2) 
 
 
 (46.5) 
 (46.5)
Directors' fees
 8,828
 
 0.4
 
 
 
 0.4
 
 0.4
Deferred compensation plan
 
 
 (0.4) 
 
 0.3
 (0.1) 
 (0.1)
Dividends declared ($0.72 per share)
 
 
 
 (43.2) 
 
 (43.2) 
 (43.2)
Redemption value adjustment
 
 
 
 (6.2) 
 
 (6.2) 
 (6.2)
Cumulative effect of accounting changes
 
 
 (0.3) 0.1
 
 
 (0.2) 
 (0.2)
June 2, 2018$
 59,230,974
 $11.7
 $116.6
 $598.3
 $(61.3) $(0.7) $664.6
 $0.2
 $664.8
Net earnings
 
 
 
 160.5
 
 
 160.5
 
 160.5
Other comprehensive loss
 
 
 
 
 (34.3) 
 (34.3) 
 (34.3)
Stock-based compensation expense
 
 
 8.4
 
 
 
 8.4
 (0.2) 8.2
Exercise of stock options
 347,248
 0.1
 10.0
 
 
 
 10.1
 
 10.1
Restricted and performance stock units released
 468,807
 0.1
 0.2
 
 
 
 0.3
 
 0.3
Employee stock purchase plan issuances
 62,957
 
 1.9
 
 
 
 1.9
 
 1.9
Repurchase and retirement of common stock
 (1,326,023) (0.2) (47.6) 
 
 
 (47.8) 
 (47.8)
Directors' fees
 10,185
 
 0.3
 
 
 
 0.3
 
 0.3
Deferred compensation plan
 
 
 
 
 
 (0.1) (0.1) 
 (0.1)
Dividends declared ($0.79 per share)
 
 
 
 (46.6) 
 
 (46.6) 
 (46.6)
Cumulative effect of accounting changes
 
 
 
 0.5
 1.4
 
 1.9
 
 1.9
June 1, 2019$
 58,794,148
 $11.7
 $89.8
 $712.7
 $(94.2) $(0.8) $719.2
 $
 $719.2



Herman Miller, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Fiscal Years EndedFiscal Years Ended
(In millions)June 3, 2017 May 28, 2016 May 30, 2015June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018 June 3, 2017
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:          
Net earnings$124.1
 $137.5
 $98.1
$160.5
 $128.7
 $124.1
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating activities:          
Depreciation expense52.9
 47.0
 44.2
65.9
 60.9
 52.9
Amortization expense6.0
 6.0
 5.6
6.2
 6.0

6.0
Provision for losses on accounts receivable and notes receivable
 2.2
 1.8
Earnings from nonconsolidated affiliates net of dividends received(1.5) 
 0.3
(2.1) (0.2) (1.5)
Gain on sales of property and dealers
 (5.8) 
Investment fair value adjustment(2.1) 
 
Loss (gain) on sales of property and dealers0.8
 (0.5) 
Deferred taxes14.8
 10.4
 (8.8)0.8
 (0.8) 14.8
Pension contributions(0.9) (13.4) (1.1)
Pension and post-retirement expenses0.5
 1.4
 0.8
1.2
 2.9
 0.5
Restructuring and impairment expenses12.5
 
 12.7
10.2
 5.7
 12.5
Stock-based compensation8.7
 11.9
 10.0
7.3
 7.7
 8.7
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation(0.5) (1.4) (0.7)
Increase (decrease) in long-term liabilities6.2
 6.7
 (1.2)
Increase in long-term liabilities1.6
 3.4
 6.2
Changes in current assets and liabilities:          
Decrease (Increase) in accounts receivable

17.3
 (30.5) 7.8
(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable & unbilled accounts receivable(24.8) (33.1) 17.3
Increase in inventories
(29.9) (6.0) (9.0)(31.9) (12.4) (29.9)
Increase in prepaid expenses and other
(0.5) (11.7) (2.5)(0.6) (3.0) (0.5)
(Decrease) increase in accounts payable

(11.2) 8.7
 1.1
Increase in accrued liabilities
0.8
 33.5
 6.1
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable0.5
 16.0
 (11.2)
(Decrease) increase in accrued liabilities22.7
 (0.3) 0.8
Other1.9
 0.5
 1.4
1.1
 (1.1) 2.5
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities202.1
 210.4
 167.7
216.4
 166.5
 202.1
          
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:          
Net receipts from notes receivable2.4
 0.2
 0.9
Net receipts (advances) from notes receivable1.1
 (1.1) 2.4
Marketable securities purchases(2.0) (7.8) 
(1.9) (1.0) (2.0)
Marketable securities sales0.9
 6.1
 5.3
1.7
 1.0
 0.9
Capital expenditures(87.3) (85.1) (63.6)(85.8) (70.6) (87.3)
Proceeds from sales of property and dealers
 10.7
 0.6
0.5
 2.1
 
Payments of loans on cash surrender value of life insurance(15.3) 
 

 
 (15.3)
Acquisitions, net of cash received
 (3.6) (154.0)
Proceeds from life insurance policy
 8.1
 
Purchase of HAY licensing agreement(4.8) 
 
Equity investment in non-controlled entities(13.1) 
 
(73.6) 
 (13.1)
Other, net(1.9) (1.3) (2.8)(2.2) (1.2) (1.9)
Net Cash Used for Investing Activities(116.3) (80.8) (213.6)
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities(165.0) (62.7) (116.3)
          
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:          
Repayments of long-term debt
 
 (50.0)
 (150.0) 
Proceeds from credit facility794.4
 800.8
 796.7

 340.4
 794.4
Repayments of credit facility(816.4) (868.8) (706.7)
 (115.4) (816.4)
Dividends paid(39.4) (34.9) (33.3)(45.6) (42.4) (39.4)
Common stock issued11.7
 9.2
 7.8
12.3
 17.0
 11.7
Common stock repurchased and retired(23.7) (14.1) (3.7)(47.9) (46.5) (23.7)
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation0.5
 1.4
 0.7
Payment of contingent consideration obligation(2.0) 
 
Purchase of noncontrolling interests(1.5) 
 (5.8)(10.1) (1.0) (1.5)
Other, net1.8
 (0.1) 1.1
(0.6) 0.4
 0.3
Net Cash Provided by (Used for) Financing Activities(74.6) (106.5) 6.8
Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Financing Activities(91.9) 2.5
 (74.6)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents0.1
 (1.9) 1.3
(4.2) 1.4
 0.1
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents11.3
 21.2
 (37.8)
Net Increase In Cash and Cash Equivalents(44.7) 107.7
 11.3
Cash and cash equivalents, Beginning of Year84.9
 63.7
 101.5
203.9
 96.2
 84.9
Cash and Cash Equivalents, End of Year$96.2
 $84.9
 $63.7
$159.2
 $203.9
 $96.2
          
Other Cash Flow Information          
Interest paid$13.4
 $13.4
 $16.9
$11.5
 $16.4
 $13.4
Income taxes paid, net of cash received$35.6
 $57.6
 $48.5
$41.0
 $34.2
 $35.6


Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Table of Contents
 Page No.
 
 
 
Note 3 - Inventories
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 



1. Significant Accounting and Reporting Policies
The following is a summary of significant accounting and reporting policies not reflected elsewhere in the accompanying financial statements.
Principles of Consolidation
The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Herman Miller, Inc. and its majority-ownedcontrolled domestic and foreign subsidiaries. The consolidated entities are collectively referred to as “the company.Company.” All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in the Consolidated Financial Statements. Nonconsolidated affiliates (20-50 percent owned companies) are accounted for using the equity method.

Description of Business
The companyCompany researches, designs, manufactures, sells, and distributes interior furnishings, for use in various environments including office, healthcare, educational and residential settings and provides related services that support companies all over the world. The company'sCompany's products are sold primarily through independent contract office furniture dealers as well as the following channels: owned contract office furniture dealers, direct customer sales, independent retailers, owned retail studios, direct-mail catalogs and the company'sCompany's e-commerce platforms.

Fiscal Year
The company'sCompany's fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to May 31. The fiscal years ended June 1, 2019 and June 2, 2018 contained 52 weeks, while the fiscal year ended June 3, 2017 contained 53 weeks, while the fiscal years ended May 28, 2016, and May 30, 2015 each contained 52 weeks.

Foreign Currency Translation
The functional currency for most of the foreign subsidiaries is their local currency. The cumulative effects of translating the balance sheet accounts from the functional currency into the United States dollar using fiscal year-end exchange rates and translating revenue and expense accounts using average exchange rates for the period is reflected as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive loss in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The financial statement impact of gains and losses resulting from remeasuring foreign currency transactions into the appropriate functional currency resulted in a net lossgain of $0.7 million, $0.7$0.3 million and $2.1$0.4 million for the fiscal years ended June 1, 2019 and June 2, 2018, respectively, and a net loss of $0.7 million for the fiscal year ended June 3, 2017, May 28, 2016, and May 30, 2015, respectively.2017. These amounts are included in “Other, net” in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.

Cash Equivalents
The companyCompany holds cash equivalents as part of its cash management function. Cash equivalents include money market funds and time deposit investments with original maturities of less than three months. The carrying value of cash equivalents, which approximates fair value, totaled $33.6102.8 million and $7.5148.8 million as of June 3, 20171, 2019 and May 28, 2016June 2, 2018, respectively. All cash equivalents are high-credit quality financial instruments, and the amount of credit exposure to any one financial institution or instrument is limited.

Marketable Securities
The companyCompany maintains a portfolio of marketable securities primarily comprised of mutual funds. These mutual funds are comprised of both equity and fixed income funds. These investments are held by the company'sCompany's wholly owned insurance captive and are considered “available-for-sale” securities. Accordingly, they have been recorded at fair value based on quoted market prices, withprices. Net unrealized holding gains or losses related to the resultingequity mutual funds are recorded through net income while net unrealized holding gains or losses reflected net of tax as a component of “Accumulatedrelated to the fixed income mutual funds are recorded through other comprehensive loss” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.income.

All marketable security transactions are recognized on the trade date. Realized gains and losses on disposal of available-for-sale investments are included in “Interest and other investment income” in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. See Note 1112 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional disclosures of marketable securities.

Accounts Receivable Allowances
Reserves for uncollectible accounts receivable balances are based on known customer exposures, historical credit experience and the specific identification of other potentially uncollectible accounts. Balances are written off against the reserve once the companyCompany determines the probability of collection to be remote. The companyCompany generally does not require collateral or other security on trade accounts receivable.



Concentrations of Credit Risk
OurThe Company's trade receivables are primarily due from independent dealers who, in turn, carry receivables from their customers. We monitorThe Company monitors and managemanages the credit risk associated with individual dealers and direct customers where applicable. Dealers are responsible for assessing and assuming credit risk of their customers and may require their customers to provide deposits, letters of credit or other credit enhancement measures. Some


sales contracts are structured such that the customer payment or obligation is direct to us.the Company. In those cases, wethe Company may assume the credit risk. Whether from dealers or customers, ourthe Company's trade credit exposures are not concentrated with any particular entity.
 
Inventories
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market and include material, labor and overhead. Inventory cost is determined using the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method at manufacturing facilities in Michigan, whereas inventories of the company'sCompany's other locations are valued using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. The companyCompany establishes reserves for excess and obsolete inventory based on prevailing circumstances and judgment for consideration of current events, such as economic conditions, that may affect inventory. The reserve required to record inventory at lower of cost or marketnet realizable value may be adjusted in response to changing conditions. Further information on the company'sCompany's recorded inventory balances can be found in Note 34 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets
Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level annually, or more frequently, when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the fair value of a reporting unit has more likely than not declined below its carrying value. A reporting unit is defined as an operating segment or one level below an operating segment. When testing goodwill for impairment, the companyCompany may first assess qualitative factors. If an initial qualitative assessment identifies that it is more likely than not that the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, additional quantitative testing is performed. The companyCompany may also elect to skip the qualitative testing and proceed directly to the quantitative testing. If the quantitative testing indicates that goodwill is impaired, the carrying value of goodwill is written down to fair value.

To estimate the fair value of each reporting unit when performing the companyquantitative testing, the Company utilizes a weighting of the income method and the market method. The income method is based on a discounted future cash flow approach that uses a number of estimates, including revenue based on assumed growth rates, estimated costs and discount rates based on the reporting unit's weighted average cost of capital. Growth rates for each reporting unit are determined based on internal estimates, historical data and external sources. The growth estimates are also used in planning for ourthe Company's long-term and short-term business planning and forecasting. We test the reasonableness of the inputs and outcomes of our discounted cash flow analysis against comparable market data. The market method is based on financial multiples of companies comparable to each reporting unit and applies a control premium. The carrying value of each reporting unit represents the assignment of various assets and liabilities, excluding corporate assets and liabilities, such as cash, investments and debt.

The Company completed the required annual goodwill impairment test in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, as of March 31, 2019, performing a quantitative and qualitative impairment test for all goodwill reporting units and other indefinite-lived intangible assets. For the reporting units that the Company elected to test qualitatively, as is permitted under ASU 2011-08, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment, the Company concluded it to be more likely than not that their estimated fair values are greater than their respective carrying values.
In performing the quantitative impairment test, the Company determined that the fair value of the reporting units exceeded the carrying amount and, as such, the reporting units were not impaired and the second step of the impairment test was not necessary.

The Company performed a sensitivity analysis over key valuation assumptions. The carrying value of the Company's Retail reporting unit was $249.9 million as of June 1, 2019. The calculated fair value of the reporting unit was $282.6 million, which represents an excess fair value of $32.7 million or 13%. Due to the level that the reporting unit fair values exceeded the carrying amounts and the results of the sensitivity analysis, the Company may need to record an impairment charge if the operating results of its Retail reporting unit were to decline in future periods.

Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not subject to amortization and are evaluated annually for impairment, or more frequently, when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the fair value of an intangible asset may not be recoverable. The companyCompany utilizes the relief from royalty methodology to test for impairment. The primary assumptions for the relief from royalty method include revenue forecasts, earnings forecasts, royalty rates and discount rates. The companyCompany measures and records an impairment loss for the excess of the carrying value of the asset over its fair value. The company'sCompany's indefinite-lived intangible assets consist of certain trade names valued at approximately $78.1 million and $85.2 million as of the end of fiscal 20172019 and fiscal 2016, respectively.2018. These assets have indefinite useful lives.

In fiscal 2019, the Company performed only quantitative assessments in testing indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment. The companycarrying value of the Company's DWR trade name indefinite-lived intangible asset was $55.1 million as of June 1, 2019. The calculated fair value of the DWR trade name was $63.2 million which represents an excess fair value of $8.1 million or 14.6%. If the residual cash flows related to the Company's DWR trade name were to decline in future periods, the Company may need to record an impairment charge.



During fiscal 2017, the Company recognized asset impairment expense totaling $7.1 million associated with the Nemschoff trade name, for the fiscal year 2017, which was recorded within the North American Furniture SolutionsAmerica Contract operating segment. As of the end of fiscal 2017, the carrying value of the Nemschoff trade name was zero. The company recognized asset impairment expense totaling $10.8 million associated with the POSH trade name for the fiscal year 2015, which was recorded within the Corporate category within segment reporting. The POSH trade name asset is included within the ELA Furniture Solutions segment and as of the end of fiscal 2015, the carrying value was zero. These impairment expenses are recorded in the Restructuring and impairment expenses line item within the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. The trade name assets represent level 3 fair value measurements and these assets are recorded at fair value only when an impairment charge is recognized.

Goodwill and other indefinite-lived assets included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of the following:
(In millions) Goodwill Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets Total Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets
Balance, May 30, 2015 $303.1
 $85.2
 $388.3
Foreign currency translation adjustments (0.4) 
 (0.4)
Acquisition of George Nelson Bubble Lamp product line 3.2
 
 3.2
Sale of owned dealer (0.6) 
 (0.6)
Balance, May 28, 2016 $305.3
 $85.2
 $390.5
Foreign currency translation adjustments (0.7) 
 (0.7)
Sale of owned dealer (0.1) 
 (0.1)
Impairment charges 
 (7.1) (7.1)
Balance, June 03, 2017 $304.5
 $78.1
 $382.6



Goodwill stemming from the acquisition of the George Nelson Bubble Lamp Product Line in fiscal 2016 is included within the Consumer reportable segment.
(In millions) Goodwill Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets Total Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets
Balance, June 3, 2017 $304.5
 $78.1
 $382.6
Foreign currency translation adjustments (0.1) 
 (0.1)
Sale of owned dealer (0.3) 
 (0.3)
Balance, June 2, 2018 $304.1
 $78.1
 $382.2
Foreign currency translation adjustments (0.3) 
 (0.3)
Balance, June 1, 2019 $303.8
 $78.1
 $381.9

Property, Equipment and Depreciation
Property and equipment are stated at cost. The cost is depreciated over the estimated useful lives of the assets using the straight-line method. Estimated useful lives range from 3 to 10 years for machinery and equipment and do not exceed 40 years for buildings. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the lesser of the lease term or the useful life of the asset. We capitalizeThe Company capitalizes certain costs incurred in connection with the development, testing and installation of software for internal use.use and cloud computing arrangements. Software for internal use is included in property and equipment and is depreciated over an estimated useful life not exceeding 5 years. Depreciation and amortization expense is included in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income in the Cost of sales, Selling, general and administrative and Design and research line items.

As of the end of fiscal 2017,2019, outstanding commitments for future capital purchases approximated $16.3$34.7 million.

Other Long-Lived Assets
The companyCompany reviews other long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or an asset group may not be recoverable. Each impairment test is based on a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset or asset group to the future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset or asset group, or in some cases, by prices for similar assets. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment amount to be recognized is the amount by which the carrying value of the assets exceeds their fair value.     

During the third quarter of fiscal 2015, the company entered into an agreement to sell property in Ningbo, China upon which the company had previously intended to construct a new manufacturing and distribution facility. In the fiscal year preceding this agreement, the property had been written down to its fair value. Subsequent to the end of fiscal 2015, the company completed the sale of the Ningbo property for cash consideration of approximately $4.2 million. The cash consideration received approximated the carrying value of the property.

Amortizable intangible assets within Other amortizable intangibles, net in the Consolidated Balance Sheets consist primarily of patents, trademarks and customer relationships. The customer relationships intangible asset is comprised of relationships with customers, specifiers, networks, dealers and distributors. Refer to the following table for the combined gross carrying value and accumulated amortization for these amortizable intangibles.
June 3, 2017June 1, 2019
(In millions)Patent and Trademarks Customer Relationships Other TotalPatent and Trademarks Customer Relationships Other Total
Gross carrying value$20.5
 $55.3
 $7.5
 $83.3
$20.1
 $55.2
 $12.0
 $87.3
Accumulated amortization13.3
 19.7
 4.9
 37.9
12.5
 27.6
 6.1
 46.2
Net$7.2
 $35.6
 $2.6
 $45.4
$7.6
 $27.6
 $5.9
 $41.1
              
May 28, 2016June 2, 2018
Patent and Trademarks Customer Relationships Other TotalPatent and Trademarks Customer Relationships Other Total
Gross carrying value$19.8
 $55.7
 $7.5
 $83.0
$22.4
 $55.3
 $7.5
 $85.2
Accumulated amortization12.3
 15.9
 4.0
 32.2
14.7
 23.5
 5.7
 43.9
Net$7.5
 $39.8
 $3.5
 $50.8
$7.7
 $31.8
 $1.8
 $41.3

The companyCompany amortizes these assets over their remaining useful lives using the straight-line method over periods ranging from 5 years to 20 years, or on an accelerated basis, to reflect the expected realization of the economic benefits. It is estimated that the weighted-average remaining useful life of patents and trademarks is approximately 6 years and the weighted-average remaining useful life of customer relationships is 97 years.



Estimated amortization expense on existing amortizable intangible assets as of June 3, 20171, 2019, for each of the succeeding five fiscal years, is as follows:
(In millions)  
2018$6.3
2019$5.8
2020$5.7
$6.4
2021$5.7
$6.3
2022$5.6
$6.1
2023$5.4
2024$5.1

Self-Insurance
The companyCompany is partially self-insured for general liability, workers' compensation and certain employee health and dental benefits under insurance arrangements that provide for third-party coverage of claims exceeding the company'sCompany's loss retention levels. The company'sCompany's health benefit and auto liability retention levels do not include an aggregate stop loss policy. The company'sCompany's retention levels designated within significant insurance arrangements as of June 3, 20171, 2019, are as follows:
(In millions) Retention Level (per occurrence)
General liability and auto liability/physical damage $1.00
Workers' compensation and property $0.75
(In millions) Retention Level (per occurrence)
General liability $1.00
Auto liability $1.00
Workers' compensation $0.75
Health benefit $0.50

The companyCompany accrues for its self-insurance arrangements, as well as reserves for health, prescription drugs, and dental benefit exposures based on actuarially-determined liabilities,estimates, which are recorded in “Other liabilities” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The value of the liability as of June 3, 20171, 2019 and May 28, 2016June 2, 2018 was $10.5$11.7 million and $10.6$11.2 million, respectively. The actuarial valuations are based on historical information along with certain assumptions about future events. Changes in assumptions for such matters as legal actions, medical costs, payment lag times and changes in actual experience could cause these estimates to change. The general, auto, and workers' compensation liabilities are managed through the company'sCompany's wholly-owned insurance captive.

Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests
Certain minority shareholders in the company'sCompany's subsidiary Herman Miller Consumer Holdings, Inc. have the right, at specified times over a period of five years,time, to require the companyCompany to acquire portions of their ownership interest in those entities at fair value. Their interests in these subsidiaries are classified outside permanent equity in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and are carried at the current estimated redemption amounts.

The redemption amounts have beenare estimated based on the fair value of the subsidiary, which wasis determined based on a weighting of the discounted cash flow and market methods. The discounted cash flow analysis useduses the present value of projected cash flows and a residual value. ToA market-based approach is used to determine the discount rate for the discounted cash flow method, a market-based approach was used to select the discount rates used.method. Market multiples for comparable companies wereare used for the market method of valuation. The fair value of the subsidiary is sensitive to changes in projected revenues and costs, the discount rate and the forward multiples of the comparable companies.

Changes in the estimated redemption amounts of the noncontrolling interests, subject to put options, are reflected at each reporting period with a corresponding adjustment to Retained earnings. Future reductions in the carrying amounts are subject to a “floor” amount that is equal to the fair value of the redeemable noncontrolling interests at the time they were originally recorded. See Note 15 - Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests16 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.



Research, Development and Other Related Costs
Research, development, pre-production and start-up costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development ("R&D") costs consist of expenditures incurred during the course of planned research and investigation aimed at discovery of new knowledge useful in developing new products or processes. R&D costs also include the significant enhancement of existing products or production processes and the implementation of such through design, testing of product alternatives or construction of prototypes. R&D costs included in “Design and research” expense in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income are $58.8 million, $57.1 million and $58.6 million, $62.4 million and $56.7 million, in fiscal 2017, 2016,2019, 2018, and 2015,2017, respectively.

Royalty payments made to designers of the company'sCompany's products as the products are sold are a variable cost based on product sales. These expenses totaled $14.518.1 million, $14.716.0 million and $14.714.5 million in fiscal years 2017, 20162019, 2018 and 20152017 respectively. They are included in Design and research expense in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.

Customer Payments and Incentives
We offer various sales incentive programs to our customers, such as rebates and discounts. Programs such as rebates and discounts are adjustments to the selling price and are therefore characterized as a reduction to net sales.

Revenue Recognition
The company recognizes revenue on sales throughCompany adopted ASC 606 - Revenue from Contracts with Customers at the beginning of fiscal 2019 using the modified retrospective approach. The Company completed its networkreview of independent contract furniture dealersthe impact of the new standard and independent retailers onceidentified certain key accounting policy changes that resulted from adopting the related product is shipped and title passes. In situations where products are sold through subsidiary dealers or directlynew standard. All necessary changes required by the new standard, including those to the end customer,Corporation's accounting policies, controls, and disclosures, have been identified and implemented as of the beginning of fiscal 2019. See Note 2 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding the Company's revenue is recognized once the related product is shipped to the end customer and installation, if applicable, is substantially complete. Offers such as rebates and discounts are recorded as reductions to net sales. Unearned revenue occurs during the normal course of business due to advance payments from customers for future delivery of products and services.



In addition to independent retailers, the company also sells product through owned retail channels, including e-commerce and Consumer retail studios. Revenue is recognized on these transactions upon shipment and transfer to the customer of both title and risk of loss. These sales may include provisions involving a right of return. The company reduces revenue for an estimate of potential future product returns related to current period product revenue. When developing the allowance for sales returns, the company considers historical returns and current economic trends. Revenue is recorded net of sales taxes as the company is a pass-through entity for collecting and remitting sales tax.

recognition accounting policies.
Shipping and Handling Expenses
The companyCompany records shipping and handling related expenses under the caption Cost of sales in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.

Cost of Sales
We includeThe Company includes material, labor and overhead in cost of sales. Included within these categories are items such as freight charges, warehousing costs, internal transfer costs and other costs of ourits distribution network.
 
Selling, General, and Administrative
We includeThe Company includes costs not directly related to the manufacturing of ourits products in the Selling, general, and administrative line item within the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. Included in these expenses are items such as compensation expense, rental expense, warranty expense and travel and entertainment expense.
 
Income Taxes
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to reverse.

The company'sCompany's annual effective tax rate is based on income, statutory tax rates and tax planning strategies available in the various jurisdictions the companyCompany operates. Complex tax laws can be subject to different interpretations by the companyCompany and the respective government authorities. Significant judgment is required in evaluating tax positions and determining our tax expense. Tax positions are reviewed quarterly and tax assets and liabilities are adjusted as new information becomes available.

In evaluating the company'sCompany's ability to recover deferred tax assets within the jurisdiction from which they arise, the companyCompany considers all positive and negative evidence. These assumptions require significant judgment about forecasts of future taxable income.

Stock-Based Compensation
The companyCompany has several stock-based compensation plans, which are described in Note 910 of the Consolidated Financial Statements. Our policy is to expense stock-based compensation using the fair-value based method of accounting for all awards granted.
 


Earnings per Share
Basic earnings per share (EPS) excludes the dilutive effect of common shares that could potentially be issued, due to the exercise of stock options or the vesting of restricted shares and is computed by dividing net earnings by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net earnings by the sum of the weighted-average number of shares outstanding, plus all dilutive shares that could potentially be issued. The company also evaluates the impact on EPS of all participating securities under the two-class method. ReferRefer to Note 89 of the Consolidated Financial Statements forfor further information regarding the computation of EPS.

Comprehensive Income
Comprehensive income consists of netNet earnings, foreignForeign currency translation adjustments, unrealizedUnrealized holding gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities, Unrealized gains on interest rate swap agreement and pensionPension and post-retirement liability adjustments. ReferRefer to Note 1415 of tthe Consolidhe Consolidatedated Financial Statements for further information regarding comprehensive income.

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.



Fair Value
The companyCompany classifies and discloses its fair value measurements in one of the following three categories:
Level 1 — Financial instruments with unadjusted, quoted prices listed on active market exchanges.
Level 2 — Financial instruments lacking unadjusted, quoted prices from active market exchanges, including over-the-counter traded financial instruments. Financial instrument values are determined using prices for recently traded financial instruments with similar underlying terms and direct or indirect observational inputs, such as interest rates and yield curves at commonly quoted intervals.
Level 3 — Financial instruments not actively traded on a market exchange and there is little, if any, market activity. Values are determined using significant unobservable inputs or valuation techniques.

See Note 1112 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for the required fair value disclosures.

Derivatives and Hedging
The companyCompany calculates the fair value of financial instruments using quoted market prices whenever available. The companyCompany utilizes derivatives to manage exposures to foreign currency exchange rates and interest rate risk. The fair values of all derivatives are recognized as assets or liabilities at the balance sheet date. Changes in the fair value of these instruments are reported within Other expenses (income): Other, net in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, or Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss within the Consolidated Balance Sheets, depending on the use of the derivative and whether it qualifies for hedge accounting treatment.

Gains and losses on derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedging instruments are recorded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss, to the extent the hedges are effective, until the underlying transactions are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments are marked-to-market at the end of each period with the results included in Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.



New Accounting Standards
Recently IssuedAdopted Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted
StandardDescriptionDate of AdoptionEffect on the Financial Statements or Other Significant Matters
Simplifying the Measurement of InventoryUnder the updated standard, an entity should measure inventory that is measured using either the first-in, first-out ("FIFO") or average cost methods at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. The updated standard should be applied prospectively.June 4, 2017The company has evaluated the impact of the update and its expected to be immaterial.
Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting

The standard simplifies several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment awards to employees, including the accounting for income taxes, forfeitures, statutory tax withholding requirements and classification in the statement of cash flows. Different adoption methodologies exist (retrospectively, modified-retrospectively, or prospectively) for the various different features of the standard being updated.June 4, 2017The company expects the most significant impact from the share-based compensation standard to be driven by the treatment of excess tax benefits/deficiencies and expects the other impacts from the standard to be nominal. The company intends to adopt an entity-wide accounting policy election to account for forfeitures in compensation cost when they occur.



Recently Issued Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted (continued)
Standard Description Date of Adoption Effect on the Financial Statements or Other Significant Matters
       
Revenue from Contracts with Customers The standard outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. The core principle of the revenue model is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The standard is designed to create greater comparability for financial statement users across industries and jurisdictions and also requires enhanced disclosures. The standard allows for two adoption methods, a full retrospective or modified retrospective approach. June 3, 2018 
The company has completed a preliminary review ofCompany adopted the impact ofstandard effective June 3, 2018 using the new standard and expects changes in how the company’s performance obligations around product and service revenue are accounted for. Additionally, the company expects changes in the way it recognizes certain pricing elements of its commercial contracts. These changes are not expectedmodified retrospective method. Refer to be materialNote 2 to the financial statements. The company expects to adoptstatements for further information regarding the standard in fiscal 2019 usingadoption of the modified-retrospective approach.


standard.
       
Financial Instruments - Overall: Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities The standard provides guidance for the measurement, presentation and disclosure of financial assets and liabilities. The standard requires entities to measure equity investments that do not result in consolidation and are not accounted for under the equity method at fair value and recognize any change in fair value in net income. The standard does not permit early adoption and at adoption a cumulative-effect adjustment to beginning retained earnings should be recorded. June 3, 2018 The companyCompany adopted the standard effective June 3, 2018 using the modified retrospective method. As a result, the Company reclassified $0.1 million of net gains on mutual fund equity securities, that were formerly classified as available for sale securities before the adoption of the new standard, from Accumulated other comprehensive loss to Retained earnings. The impact of adoption also resulted in certain disclosure changes. Refer to Note 12 of the financial statements for further information.
Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service ContractThis update aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software. Early adoption is permitted.September 2, 2018The Company early adopted the standard prospectively effective September 2, 2018. The impacts resulting from adoption did not have an impact on the Company’s Financial Statements.
Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive IncomeThis update allows for the reclassification to retained earnings of the tax effects stranded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income resulting from The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. Early adoption is permitted.September 2, 2018The Company early adopted the standard effective September 2, 2018 and reclassified $1.5 million from Accumulated other comprehensive loss to Retained earnings related to the tax impact of the Company’s interest rate swap agreements.
Compensation - Retirement Benefits: Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit CostThis standard changes the income statement presentation of the components of net periodic benefit cost for defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans. Under the new guidance, entities must present the service cost component of net periodic benefit cost in the same income statement line items as other employee compensation costs related to services rendered during the period. Other components of net periodic benefit cost will be presented separately from the line items that include the service cost. Early adoption is permitted.June 3, 2018The Company retrospectively adopted the standard effective June 3, 2018. Prior to adoption, the Company recorded net periodic benefit costs related to its defined benefit pension and post-retirement medical plans within Selling, general and administrative expenses. As a result of adoption, these costs are recorded within Other, net. The Company retrospectively reclassified these costs in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the fiscal years ended June 2, 2018 and June 3, 2017 from Selling, general and administrative to Other, net. Refer to Note 8 of the financial statements for further information.


Recently Issued Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted
StandardDescriptionEffective DateEffect on the Financial Statements or Other Significant Matters
Derivatives and Hedging: Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging ActivitiesThis update amends the hedge accounting recognition and presentation with the objectives of improving the financial reporting of hedging relationships to better portray the economic results of an entity's risk management activities and simplifying the application of hedge accounting. The update expands the strategies eligible for hedge accounting, relaxes the timing requirements of hedge documentation and effectiveness assessments and permits the use of qualitative assessments on an ongoing basis to assess hedge effectiveness. The new guidance also requires new disclosures and presentation.June 2, 2019The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance.
       
Leases Under the updated standard a lessee's rights and obligations under most leases, including existing and new arrangements, would be recognized as assets and liabilities, respectively, on the balance sheet. The standard must be adopted under a modified retrospective approach and early adoption is permitted. June 2, 2019 The Company has assembled a project team and has made significant process towards implementation of the lease accounting standard. The Company will adopt the standard in fiscal 2020 using the modified-retrospective transition approach. The Company has substantially completed its identification of the global lease population and the data migration to a lease integration tool that will support the accounting and disclosure requirements under the standard. Also, the Company will elect the package of practical expedients. The Company is in the process of finalizing its accounting policies and internal control processes related to the new standard. Upon adoption, the Company expects to record lease liabilities and right-of-use assets in the range of $250 million to $300 million.
Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial InstrumentsThis guidance replaces the existing incurred loss impairment model with an expected loss model and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to have a significant impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements, however the companyinform credit loss estimates.May 31, 2020The Company is currently evaluating the impact.impact of adopting this guidance.
Disclosure Framework-Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value MeasurementThis update eliminates, adds and modifies certain disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. Early adoption is permitted, and an entity is also permitted to early adopt any removed or modified disclosures and delay adoption of the additional disclosures until their effective date.
May 31, 2020The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance.
Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Defined Benefit Plans
This update eliminates, adds and clarifies certain disclosure requirements for employers that sponsor defined benefit pension or other postretirement plans. Early adoption is permitted.

May 30, 2021The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance.



2. Revenue from Contracts with Customers

Impact of Adoption
2.The Company adopted ASC 606 - Revenue from Contracts with Customers at the beginning of fiscal year 2019. The Company completed its review of the impact of the new standard and identified certain key accounting policy changes that resulted from adopting the new standard. These included changes to the identification of performance obligations for commercial contracts in which the Company sells directly to end customers. Under previous accounting rules, which were codified under ASC 605, the Company generally delayed revenue recognition until the products were shipped and installed as the Company had concluded that contracts that contained both products and services represented a single, combined deliverable. However, under ASC 606, the Company has determined that products and services are distinct and as such, represent separate performance obligations. The Company also determined that under ASC 606, certain product pricing elements related to its direct customer sales should be recorded within Cost of sales rather than net within Net sales as had been historical practice under ASC 605.
The Company adopted ASC 606 using the modified retrospective approach and applied the guidance therein to all applicable contracts that were not complete as of the date of adoption. As a result of these changes in accounting, the Company recorded a cumulative adjustment to retained earnings of $1.9 million on the date of adoption. With the change in performance obligations under ASC 606, product revenue recognition is accelerated on certain direct commercial customer sales. As a result, the cumulative adjustment recorded upon the adoption of ASC 606 had the impact of reducing inventory for sales transactions that would have been recognized in a prior period under ASC 606 and recording unbilled receivables for the amounts owed prior to invoicing. Additionally, the cumulative adjustment reflects the change in accrued expenses, including income taxes payable, related to these sales transactions.
The cumulative impact to our Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 3, 2018 was as follows:
 Balance at Adjustments due Balance at
(In millions)June 2, 2018 to ASC 606 June 3, 2018
Balance Sheet     
Assets:     
Unbilled accounts receivable$1.9
 $11.1
 $13.0
Inventories, net162.4
 (7.1) 155.3
      
Liabilities:     
Accrued compensation and benefits86.3
 0.2
 86.5
Other accrued liabilities77.0
 1.9
 78.9
      
Equity:     
Retained earnings598.3
 1.9
 600.2

In accordance with the modified retrospective adoption rules per ASC 606, the Company has disclosed in the table below the differences in our financial statements due to the adoption of the standard. The “As reported” column represents the financial statement values recorded in accordance with ASC 606, while the “Legacy GAAP” column represents what the financial statement values would have been under ASC 605, had the new standard not been adopted.
 Year Ended June 1, 2019
(In millions)As reported Performance Obligation Change Gross vs. Net Change Legacy GAAP
Statement of Comprehensive Income       
Net sales$2,567.2
 $(21.5) $(38.0) $2,507.7
Cost of sales1,637.3
 (12.8) (38.0) 1,586.5
Gross margin929.9
 (8.7) 
 921.2
Total operating expenses726.4
 (0.1)   726.3
Operating earnings203.5
 (8.6)   194.9
Income tax expense39.6
 (1.5)   38.1
Net earnings160.5
 (7.1)   153.4



 As of June 1, 2019
(In millions)As reported Performance Obligation Change Gross vs. Net Change Legacy GAAP
Balance Sheet       
Assets:       
Unbilled accounts receivable$34.3
 $(32.6)   $1.7
Inventories, net184.2
 17.6
   201.8
        
Liabilities:       
Accrued compensation and benefits85.5
 (0.4)   85.1
Other accrued liabilities99.1
 (5.6)   93.5
        
Equity:       
Retained earnings712.7
 (8.9)   703.8

There was no impact on Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities within the Company's Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows as a result of adopting ASC 606.

Accounting Policies
The Company recognizes revenue when performance obligations, based on the terms of customer contracts, are satisfied. This happens when control of goods and services based on the contract have been conveyed to the customer. Revenue for the sale of products is typically recognized at the point in time when control transfers, generally upon transfer of title and risk of loss to the customer. Revenue for services, including the installation of products by the Company's owned dealers, is recognized over time as the services are provided. The method of revenue recognition may vary, depending on the type of contract with the customer, as noted in the section Disaggregated Revenue further below.

The Company's contracts with customers include master agreements and certain other forms of contracts, which do not reach the level of a performance obligation until a purchase order is received from a customer. At the point in time that a purchase order under a contract is received by the Company, the collective group of documents represent an enforceable contract between the Company and the customer. While certain customer contracts may have a duration of greater than a year, all purchase orders are less than a year in duration. As of June 1, 2019, all unfulfilled performance obligations are expected to be fulfilled in the next twelve months.

Variable consideration exists within certain contracts that the Company has with customers. When variable consideration is present in a contract with a customer, the Company estimates the amount that should be included in the transaction price utilizing either the expected value method or the most likely amount method, depending on the nature of the variable consideration. These estimates are primarily related to rebate programs which involve estimating future sales amounts and rebate percentages to use in the determination of transaction price. Variable consideration is included in the transaction price if, in the Company’s judgment, it is probable that a significant future reversal of cumulative revenue under the contract will not occur. Adjustments to Net sales from changes in variable consideration related to performance obligations completed in previous periods are not material to the Company's financial statements. Also, the Company has no contracts with significant financing components.

The Company adopted the following accounting policies as a result of adopting the new standard on revenue recognition:

Shipping and Handling Activities - the Company accounts for shipping and handling activities as fulfillment activities and these costs are accrued within Cost of sales at the same time revenue is recognized.

Sales Taxes - the Company does not record revenue for sales tax, value added tax or other taxes that are collected on behalf of government entities. The Company’s revenue is recorded net of these taxes as they are passed through to the relevant government entities.

Incremental Costs of Obtaining a Contract - the Company has recognized incremental costs to obtain a contract as an expense when incurred as the amortization period is less than one year.

Significant Financing Component - the Company has not adjusted the amount of consideration to be received for any significant financing components as the Company’s contracts have a duration of one year or less.



Disaggregated Revenue

The Company’s revenue is comprised primarily of sales of products and installation services. Depending on the type of contract, the method of accounting and timing of revenue recognition may differ. Below, descriptions have been provided that summarize the Company’s different types of contracts and how revenue is recognized for each.

Single Performance Obligation - these contracts are transacted with customers and include only the product performance obligation. Most commonly, these contracts represent master agreements with independent third-party dealers in which a purchase order represents the customer contract, point of sale transactions through the Retail reportable segment, as well as customer purchase orders for the Maharam subsidiary within the North America Contract reportable segment. For contracts that include a single performance obligation, the Company records revenue at the point in time when title and risk of loss has transferred to the customer.

Multiple Performance Obligations - these contracts are transacted with customers and include more than one performance obligation; products, which are shipped to the customer by the Company and installation and other services, which are primarily fulfilled by independent third-party dealers. For contracts that include multiple performance obligations, the Company records revenue for the product performance obligation at the point in time when control transfers, generally upon transfer of title and risk of loss to the customer. In most cases, the Company has concluded that it is the agent for the installation services performance obligation and as such, the revenue and costs of these services are recorded net within Net sales in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.

In certain instances, entities owned by the Company, rather than independent third-party dealers, perform installation and other services. In these cases, Service revenue is generated by the Company’s entities that provide installation services, which include owned dealers, and is recognized by the Company over time as the services are provided. For contracts with multiple performance obligations, the Company allocates the transaction price to each performance obligation based on relative standalone selling prices. 

Other - these contracts are comprised mainly of alliance fee arrangements, whereby the Company earns revenue for allowing other furniture sellers access to its dealer distribution channel, as well as other miscellaneous selling arrangements. Revenue from alliance contracts are recorded at the point in time in which the sale is made by other furniture sellers through the Company’s sales channel.

Revenue disaggregated by contract type has been provided in the table below:
 Year Ended
(In millions)June 1, 2019
Net Sales: 
Single performance obligation 
Product revenue$2,155.0
Multiple performance obligations 
Product revenue390.0
Service revenue12.6
Other9.6
Total$2,567.2



Revenue disaggregated by product type and reportable segment has been provided in the table below:
 Year Ended
(In millions)June 1, 2019
North America Contract: 
Systems$564.4
Seating501.8
Freestanding and storage384.9
Textiles113.8
Other121.6
Total North America Contract$1,686.5
  
International Contract: 
Systems$103.6
Seating276.1
Freestanding and storage53.0
Other59.5
Total International Contract$492.2
  
Retail: 
Seating$235.6
Freestanding and storage67.5
Other85.4
Total Retail$388.5
  
Total$2,567.2

Refer to Note 14 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information related to our reportable segments.

Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities
The Company records contract assets and contract liabilities related to its revenue generating activities. Contract assets include certain receivables from customers that are unconditional as all performance obligations with respect to the contract with the customer have been completed. These amounts represent trade receivables and they are recorded within the caption “Accounts and notes receivable” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The payment terms for the Company's customers differs depending on the type of customer. For third-party dealers and commercial contract customers, standard credit terms apply. Sales transacted through the Company's direct to consumer channels are generally paid for by the customer at point of sale.
Contract assets also include amounts that are conditional because certain performance obligations in the contract with the customer are incomplete as of the balance sheet date. These contract assets generally arise due to contracts with the customer that include multiple performance obligations, both the product that is shipped to the customer by the Company, as well as installation services provided by independent third-party dealers. For these contracts, the Company recognizes revenue upon satisfaction of the product performance obligation. However, the asset is conditional and the customer is not invoiced by the Company until the installation performance obligation is completed. These contract assets are included in the caption "Unbilled accounts receivable" in the Consolidated Balance Sheets until all performance obligations in the contract with the customer have been satisfied.

Contract liabilities represent deposits made by customers before the satisfaction of performance obligation(s) are complete and revenue is recognized. Upon completion of the performance obligation(s) that the Company has with the customer based on the terms of the contract, the liability for the customer deposit is relieved and revenue is recognized. These customer deposits are included within the caption “Customer deposits” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. During the year ended June 1, 2019, the Company recognized Net sales of $26.9 million related to customer deposits there were included in the balance sheet as of June 2, 2018.



3. Acquisitions and Divestitures
DealershipContract Furniture Dealerships
On July 31, 2017, the Company completed the sale of a wholly-owned contract furniture dealership in Vancouver, Canada for initial cash consideration of $2.0 million. A pre-tax gain of $1.1 million was recognized as a result of the sale within the caption Selling, general and administrative within the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.

On January 1, 2017, the companyCompany completed the sale of a wholly-owned contract furniture dealership in Pennsylvania in exchange for a $3.0 million note receivable. A pre-tax gain of $0.7 million was recognized as a result of the sale within the caption Selling, general and administrative within the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. The full balance of the note receivable was deemed to be a variable interestpaid in a variable interest entity. The carrying value of the note was $1.4 million as of June 3, 2017 and represents the company's maximum exposure to loss. The company is not deemed to be the primary beneficiary of the variable interest entity as the buyers of the dealership control the activities that most significantly
impact the entity's economic performance, including sales, marketing and operations.
George Nelson Bubble Lamp Product Line Acquisition
On September 17, 2015, the company acquired certain assets associated with the George Nelson Bubble Lamp product line, which together constituted the acquisition of a business. Consideration transferred to acquire the assets consisted of $3.6 million in cash transferred during the secondfourth quarter of fiscal 2016 and an additional component of performance-based contingent consideration with2019.

Maars Holding B.V.
On August 31, 2018, Herman Miller Holdings Limited, a fair value of $2.7 million aswholly owned subsidiary of the acquisition date.

The assetsCompany, acquired included an exclusive manufacturing agreement and customer relationships with fair values of $2.5 million and $0.6 million, respectively, each having a useful life of 10 years. The excess of the purchase consideration over the fair value of the net assets acquired was $3.2 million and recognized as goodwill within the Consumer reportable segment. The total amount of this goodwill is deductible for tax purposes.

Design Within Reach Acquisition
On July 28, 2014, the company acquired the majority48.2% of the outstanding equity of Design Within Reach, Inc.Global Holdings Netherlands B.V., which owns 100% of Maars Holding B.V. ("DWR"Maars”), a Stamford, Connecticut based, leading North American marketerHarderwijk, Netherlands-based worldwide leader in the design and sellermanufacturing of modern furniture, lighting, and accessories primarily serving consumers and design trade professionals.interior wall solutions. The acquisitionCompany acquired its 48.2% ownership interest in Maars for approximately $6.1 million in cash. The entity is accounted for using the equity method of DWR advancesaccounting as the company's strategy of being both an industry brand and a consumer brand by expandingCompany has significant influence, but not control, over the company's reach into the consumer sector.entity.

For the Maars equity method investment, the fair values assigned to the assets acquired were based on best estimates and assumptions as of the reporting date and the valuation analysis was completed in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019 with no differences noted from the preliminary valuation.

Nine United Denmark A/S
On June 7, 2018, Herman Miller Holdings Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, acquired 33% of the outstanding equity of Nine United Denmark A/S, d/b/a HAY and subsequently renamed to HAY A/S ("HAY”), a Copenhagen, Denmark-based, design leader in furniture and ancillary furnishings for residential and contract markets in Europe and Asia. The Company acquired its 33% ownership interest in HAY for approximately $65.5 million in cash. The entity is accounted for using the equity method of accounting as the Company has significant influence, but not control, over the entity.

The company purchased an ownership interestCompany also acquired the rights to the HAY brand in DWR equal toNorth America under a long-term license agreement for approximately 81 percent for $155.2$4.8 million million in cash. Subsequent to the initial transaction, the company acquiredThis licensing agreement is recorded as an additional 4 percent of DWR stock from the remaining public shareholders for approximately $5.8 million in cash, all of which was paid during the firstamortizing intangible asset and second quarters of fiscal 2015. The remaining 15 percent of DWR stock was contributed by DWR executives into the newly formed consumer business subsidiary and the company contributed the assets of the existing Herman Miller Consumer business. After these transactions, the redeemable noncontrolling interests in the newly formed subsidiary, known as Herman Miller Consumer Holdings, Inc. ("HMCH"), were approximately 7 percent. The remaining HMCH shareholders have a put option to require the company to purchase their remaining interestis being amortized over a five years period from the date of issuance of such shares. As a result, these noncontrolling interests are not includedits 15-year useful life. This asset is recorded within Stockholders' EquityOther amortizable intangibles, net within the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, but rather are included within Redeemable noncontrolling interests.Sheets.

DWR acquisition-related expensesFor the Hay equity method investment, the fair values assigned to the assets acquired were $2.2 million duringbased on best estimates and assumptions as of the reporting date and the valuation analysis was completed in the third quarter of fiscal year 2015. These expenses included legal and professional services fees.

Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed on July 28, 2014
(In millions)Fair Value
Purchase price$155.2
Fair value of the assets acquired: 
Cash1.2
Accounts receivable2.2
Inventory47.4
Current deferred tax asset1.5
Other current assets5.5
Goodwill75.6
Other intangible assets68.5
Property32.0
Other long term assets2.4
Total assets acquired236.3
Fair value of liabilities assumed: 
Accounts payable20.8
Accrued compensation and benefits1.6
Other accrued liabilities12.3
Long term deferred tax liability14.5
Other long term liabilities0.4
Total liabilities assumed49.6
Redeemable noncontrolling interests25.7
Noncontrolling interests5.8
Net assets acquired$155.2
2019 with no differences noted from the preliminary valuation.

The goodwill stemmingCompany is a party to options, that if exercised, would require the Company to purchase an additional 33% of the equity in HAY at fair market value. These options may be exercised during a period commencing from the transaction in the amountthird quarter of $75.6 million was recorded as "Goodwill" in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheetsfiscal 2020 and allocated to the Consumer reportable segment. The goodwill recognized is attributable primarily to the assembled workforce and expected synergies from DWR and the total amount of this goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes.annually thereafter.  

Other intangible assets acquired as a result of the acquisition of DWR were valued at $68.5 million. These amounts are reflected in the values presented in the following table:
Intangible Assets Acquired from the DWR Acquisition 
(In millions)Fair ValueUseful Life
Trade Names and Trademarks$55.1
Indefinite
Exclusive Distribution Agreements0.2
1.5 years
Customer Relationships12.0
10 - 16 years
Product Development Designs1.2
7 years
Total Intangible Assets Acquired$68.5
 



3.4. Inventories
(In millions) June 3, 2017 May 28, 2016 June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018
Finished goods and work in process $119.0
 $102.1
 $139.1
 $124.2
Raw materials 33.4
 26.1
 45.1
 38.2
Total $152.4
 $128.2
 $184.2
 $162.4

Inventories valued using LIFO amounted to $25.2$26.5 million and $22.8$25.5 million as of June 3, 20171, 2019 and May 28, 2016, respectively.June 2, 2018, respectively. If all inventories had been valued using the first-in first-out method, inventories would have been$164.6 $198.0 million and $140.4$175.3 million at June 3, 20171, 2019 and May 28, 2016,June 2, 2018, respectively.



4.5. Investments in Nonconsolidated Affiliates
The companyCompany has certain investments in entities that are accounted for using the equity method (“nonconsolidated affiliates”). The investments are included in Other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and the equity earnings are included in Equity earnings from nonconsolidated affiliates, net of tax in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. Refer to the tables below for the investment balances that are included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and for the equity earnings that are included in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.
(in millions)June 3, 2017May 28, 2016June 1, 2019June 2, 2018
Investments in nonconsolidated affiliates$16.2
$4.2
$89.0
$16.8
(in millions)June 3, 2017May 28, 2016May 30, 2015June 1, 2019June 2, 2018June 3, 2017
Equity earnings from nonconsolidated affiliates$1.6
$0.4
$0.1
$5.0
$3.0
$1.6

The companyCompany had an ownership interest in fiveseven nonconsolidated affiliates at June 3, 2017.1, 2019. Refer to the company'sCompany's ownership percentages shown below:
Ownership InterestJune 3, 2017May 28, 2016June 1, 2019June 2, 2018
Kvadrat Maharam Arabia DMCC50.0%50.0%50.0%50.0%
Kvadrat Maharam Pty Limited50.0%50.0%
Kvadrat Maharam Turkey JSC50.0%50.0%
Danskina B.V.50.0%50.0%
Naughtone Holdings Limited50.0%—%
Naughtone Holdings Limited*52.5%50.0%
Global Holdings Netherlands B.V.48.2%—%
HAY A/S33.0%—%
*The minority shareholders of Naughtone Holdings Limited have substantive participation rights, including participating in decisions related to hiring, firing, and compensation of executive management, as well as establishing the annual operating budget. As such, the entity is not consolidated.

Kvadrat Maharam
The Kvadrat Maharam nonconsolidated affiliates are distribution entities that are engaged in selling decorative upholstery, drapery and wall covering products. At June 3, 20171, 2019 and May 28, 2016,June 2, 2018, the company'sCompany's investment value in Kvadrat Maharam Pty was $1.8 million and $1.9 million more than the company'sCompany's proportionate share of the underlying net assets.assets, respectively. This difference was driven by a step-up in fair value of the investment in Kvadrat Maharam Pty, stemming from the Maharam business combination. This amount is considered to be a permanent basis difference.

Naughtone
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019 the Company increased its investment in Naughtone from 50% to 52.5% for approximately $2.0 million. At June 1, 2019, the Company's investment value in Naughtone was $9.8 million more than the Company's proportionate share of the underlying net assets, of which $2.0 million was being amortized over the remaining useful lives of the assets, while $7.8 million was considered a permanent basis difference.

At June 2, 2018, the Company's investment value in Naughtone was $10.2 million more than the Company's proportionate share of the underlying net assets, of which $2.4 million was being amortized over the remaining useful lives of the assets, while $7.8 million was considered a permanent basis difference.

Maars
On June 3, 2016,August 31, 2018, Herman Miller Holdings Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of the companyCompany, acquired 50 percent48.2% of the outstanding equity of NaughtoneGlobal Holdings LimitedNetherlands B.V., which owns 100% of Maars Holding B.V. ("Naughtone"Maars”), a Harderwijk, Netherlands-based worldwide leader in soft seating products, stools, occasionalthe design and meeting tables,manufacturing of interior wall solutions. The Company acquired its 48.2% ownership interest in Maars for $12.4approximately $6.1 million in consideration. Consequently, the company acquired a noncontrolling equity interest in Naughtone thatcash. The entity is accounted for underusing the equity method. Inmethod of accounting as the secondCompany has significant influence, but not control, over the entity.

For the Maars equity method investment, the fair values assigned to the assets acquired were based on best estimates and assumptions as of the reporting date and the valuation analysis was completed in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017,2019 with no differences noted from the company paid additional purchase consideration of approximately $0.6 million as part of the final net equity adjustment.preliminary valuation.



As of the June 3, 2016August 31, 2018 acquisition date, the company'sCompany's investment value in NaughtoneMaars was $11.3$3.1 million more than the company'sCompany's proportionate share of the underlying net assets. This amount represented the difference between the price that the companyCompany paid to acquire 50 percent48.2% of the outstanding equity and the carrying value of the net assets of Naughtone.Maars. Of this difference, $2.9$2.7 million was being amortized over the remaining useful lives of the assets while, $8.4$0.4 million was considered a permanent difference.

At June 3, 2017,1, 2019, the company'sCompany's investment value in NaughtoneMaars was $9.8$2.7 million more than the company'sCompany's proportionate share of the underlying net assets, of which $2.3 million was being amortized over the remaining useful lives of the assets, while $7.5$0.4 million was considered a permanent basis difference.

HAY
On June 7, 2018, Herman Miller Holdings Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, acquired 33% of the outstanding equity of Nine United Denmark A/S, d/b/a HAY and subsequently renamed to HAY A/S ("HAY”), a Copenhagen, Denmark-based, design leader in furniture and ancillary furnishings for residential and contract markets in Europe and Asia. The Company acquired its 33% ownership interest in HAY for approximately $65.5 million in cash. The entity is accounted for using the equity method of accounting as the Company has significant influence, but not control, over the entity.

For the HAY equity method investment, the fair values assigned to the assets acquired were based on best estimates and assumptions as of the reporting date and the valuation analysis was completed in the third quarter of fiscal 2019 with no differences noted from the preliminary valuation.

As of the June 7, 2018 acquisition date, the Company's investment value in HAY was $62.9 million more than the Company's proportionate share of the underlying net assets. This amount represented the difference between the price that the company paid to acquire 33% of the outstanding equity and the carrying value of the net assets of HAY. Of this difference, $26.6 million was being amortized over the remaining useful lives of the assets while, $36.3 million was considered a permanent difference.

At June 1, 2019, the Company's investment value in HAY was $56.8 million more than the Company's proportionate share of the underlying net assets, of which $22.6 million was being amortized over the remaining useful lives of the assets, while $34.2 million was considered a permanent basis difference. The change in the permanent basis difference from the prior year wasacquisition date is due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates.



Transactions with Nonconsolidated Affiliates
Sales to and purchases from nonconsolidated affiliates were as follows for the periods presented below:
(in millions)June 3, 2017
May 28, 2016
May 30, 2015
June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018 June 3, 2017
Sales to nonconsolidated affiliates$4.0
$2.5
$2.5
$3.9
 $4.3
 $4.0
Purchases from nonconsolidated affiliates$4.2
$0.9
$0.5
$23.0
 $6.8
 $4.2

Balances due to or due from nonconsolidated affiliates were as follows for the periods presented below:
(in millions)June 3, 2017May 28, 2016June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018
Receivables from nonconsolidated affiliates$0.8
$0.4
$0.7
 $0.9
Payables to nonconsolidated affiliates$0.5
$0.1
$1.2
 $1.0

5.6. Long-Term Debt
Long-term debt consisted of the following obligations:
(In millions)June 3, 2017 May 28, 2016June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018
Series B Senior Notes, 6.42%, due January 3, 2018$149.9
 $149.9
Debt securities, 6.0%, due March 1, 202150.0
 50.0
$50.0
 $50.0
Syndicated Revolving Line of Credit, due September 2021
 22.0
225.0
 225.0
Total$199.9
 $221.9
Construction-Type Lease6.9
 7.0
Supplier financing program3.1
 3.8
Total debt$285.0
 $285.8
Less: Current debt(3.1) (10.8)
Long-term debt$281.9
 $275.0

During the second quarter of fiscal 2017, the company entered into a fourth amendment and restatement of its

The Company's syndicated revolving line of credit which provides the companyCompany with up to $400 million in revolving variable interest borrowing capacity and includes an "accordion feature" allowing the companyCompany to increase, at its option and subject to the approval of the participating banks, the aggregate borrowing capacity of the facility by $200 million. The facility expires in September 2021 and outstanding borrowings bear interest at rates based on the prime rate, federal funds rate, LIBOR or negotiated rates as outlined in the agreement. Interest is payable periodically throughout the period if borrowings are outstanding.

On January 3, 2018, the Company borrowed $225.0 million on its existing revolving line of credit. Of these proceeds, $150.0 million was used to repay its Series B senior notes upon maturity, while the rest of the proceeds was designated for general business purposes.

As of June 3, 2017, there were zero1, 2019, the total debt outstanding related to borrowings under the syndicated revolving line of credit was $225.0 million. Available borrowings against this facility and available borrowings were $391.7$165.0 million due to $8.3$10.0 millionoutstanding letters of credit. As of May 28, 2016, total usageJune 2, 2018, available borrowings against this facility was $30.7were $166.8 million of which $8.7due to $8.2 million related to outstanding letters of credit.

Our senior notes and theThe unsecured senior revolving credit facility restrict, without prior consent, our borrowings, capital leases and the sale of certain assets. In addition, we have agreed to maintain certain financial performance ratios, which include a maximum leverage ratio covenant, which is measured by the ratio of debt to trailing four quarter adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the credit agreement) and is required to be less than 3.5:1, except that we may elect, under certain conditions, to increase the maximum Leverage Ratio to 4:1 for four consecutive fiscal quarter end dates. The covenants also require a minimum interest coverage ratio, which is measured by the ratio of trailing four quarter EBITDA to trailing four quarter interest expense (as defined in the credit agreement) and is required to be greater than 4:1. Adjusted EBITDA is generally defined in the credit agreement as EBITDA adjusted by certain items which include non-cash share-based compensation, non-recurring restructuring costs and extraordinary items. At June 3, 20171, 2019 and May 28, 2016,June 2, 2018, the companyCompany was in compliance with all of these restrictions and performance ratios.

Supplier Financing Program
The Company has an agreement with a third party financial institution to provide a platform that allows certain participating suppliers the ability to finance payment obligations from the Company. Under this program, participating suppliers may finance payment obligations of the Company, prior to their scheduled due dates, at a discounted price to the third party financial institution.

The Company has lengthened the payment terms for certain suppliers that have chosen to participate in the program. As a result, certain amounts due to suppliers have payment terms that are longer than standard industry practice and as such, these amounts have been excluded from the caption “Accounts payable” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as the amounts have been accounted for by the Company as a current debt obligation. Accordingly, $3.1 million and $3.8 million have been recorded within the caption “Other accrued liabilities” for the periods ended June 1, 2019 and June 2, 2018, respectively.

Construction-Type Lease
During fiscal 2015, the companyCompany entered into a lease agreement for the occupancy of a new studio facility in Palo Alto, California. DuringCalifornia which runs through fiscal 2026. In fiscal 2017, the companyCompany became the deemed owner of the leased building for accounting purposes as a result of the company'sCompany's involvement during the construction phase of the project. The lease is therefore accounted for as a financing transaction and the recorded assetbuilding and related financing obligation have beenliability were initially recorded at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheets within both Construction in progress and Other accrued liabilities for the fiscal period ended June 3, 2017. The fair value of the building and the related financing liability was $7.0 million at June 3, 2017 and represented a nonrecurring level 3 fair value measurement.liabilities. The fair value of the building and financing liability was determined through a blend of an income approach, comparable property sales approach and a replacement cost approach. Upon completion of construction, the liability will be reclassified into Long-term debt.




During the first quarter of fiscal 2019, the construction was substantially completed, and the property was placed in service. As a result, the Company began depreciating the assets over their estimated useful lives. The Company also reclassified the related financing liability to Long-term debt. Additionally, the Company began allocating its monthly lease payments between land rent, which is recorded as an operating lease expense, interest expense and the reduction of the related lease obligation. The imputed interest rate on the financing liability is 2.9%, the Company's incremental borrowing rate. The carrying value of the building was $6.7 million and the related financing liability was $6.9 million at June 1, 2019. The carrying value of the building and the related financing liability were both $7.0 million at June 2, 2018.

Annual maturities of long-term debt for the five fiscal years subsequent to June 3, 20171, 2019 are as shown in the table below. Although the Series B Senior Notes mature within 12 months, the company has classified these borrowings within Long-term debt in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as the company has both the intent and ability to refinance this short-term obligation on a long-term basis, through the use of its syndicated revolving line of credit.
(In millions)  
2018$
2019$
2020$
$3.1
2021$50.0
$50.0
2022$
$225.0
2023$
2024$
Thereafter$149.9
$6.9


6.7. Operating Leases
The companyCompany leases real property and equipment under agreements that expire on various dates. Certain leases contain renewal provisions and generally require the companyCompany to pay utilities, insurance, taxes, and other operating expenses.

Future minimum rental payments required under operating leases that have non-cancelable lease terms as of June 3, 20171, 2019, are as follows:
(In millions)  
2018$47.0
2019$42.2
2020$35.3
$51.7
2021$32.5
$46.8
2022$30.7
$42.9
2023$39.0
2024$33.5
Thereafter$141.5
$101.9

Total rental expense charged to operations was $55.9 million, $49.3 million and $45.3 million, $45.6 million and $40.2 million, in fiscal 2017, 20162019, 2018 and 2015,2017, respectively. Substantially all such rental expense represented the minimum rental payments under operating leases.



7.8. Employee Benefit Plans
The companyCompany maintains retirement benefit plans for substantially all of its employees.

Pension Plans and Post-Retirement Medical Insurance
The companyCompany offers certain employees retirement benefits under domestic defined benefit plans. The Company company provides healthcare benefits to employees who retired from service on or before a qualifying date in 1998. As of the qualifying date, the companyCompany discontinued offering post-retirement medical to future retirees. Benefits to qualifying retirees under this plan are based on the employee's years of service and age at the date of retirement. In addition to the domestic pension and retiree healthcare plan, one of the company'sCompany's wholly owned foreign subsidiaries has a defined-benefit pension plan based upon an average final pay benefit calculation. The measurement date for the company'sCompany's remaining domestic and international pension plans, as well as its post-retirement medical plan, is the last day of the fiscal year.



Benefit Obligations and Funded Status
The following table presents, for the fiscal years noted, a summary of the changes in the projected benefit obligation, plan assets and funded status of the company'sCompany's domestic and international pension plans and post-retirement plan:
 Pension Benefits Post-Retirement Benefits
 2019 2018 2019 2018
(In millions)Domestic International Domestic International    
Change in benefit obligation:           
Benefit obligation at beginning of year$1.0
 $105.9
 $1.0
 $113.8
 $4.0
 $5.0
Interest cost
 2.7
 0.1
 2.7
 0.1
 0.1
Plan Amendments
 0.9
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange impact
 (6.0) 
 4.2
 
 
Actuarial loss (gain)0.1
 9.7
 
 (12.2) (0.3) (0.5)
Benefits paid(0.1) (4.1) (0.1) (2.6) (0.5) (0.6)
Benefit obligation at end of year$1.0
 $109.1
 $1.0
 $105.9
 $3.3
 $4.0
            
Change in plan assets:           
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year$
 $94.6
 $
 $80.5
 $
 $
Actual return on plan assets
 2.5
 
 1.2
 
 
Foreign exchange impact
 (5.1) 
 2.8
 
 
Employer contributions0.1
 0.3
 0.1
 12.7
 0.5
 0.6
Benefits paid(0.1) (4.1) (0.1) (2.6) (0.5) (0.6)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year$
 $88.2
 $
 $94.6
 $
 $
            
Funded status:           
Under funded status at end of year$(1.0) $(20.9) $(1.0) $(11.3) $(3.3) $(4.0)
            
Components of the amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets:    
Current liabilities$(0.1) $
 $(0.1) $
 $(0.6) $(0.6)
Non-current liabilities$(0.9) $(20.9) $(0.9) $(11.3) $(2.7) $(3.4)
            
Components of the amounts recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive loss before the effect of income taxes:
Prior service cost$
 $0.8
 $
 $
 $
 $
Unrecognized net actuarial loss (gain)$0.3
 $47.3
 $0.3
 $40.8
 $(1.3) $(1.1)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss$0.3
 $48.1
 $0.3
 $40.8
 $(1.3) $(1.1)
The Company retrospectively adopted ASU 2017-07 - Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost on June 3, 2018. As the Company's pension and post retirement medical plans are frozen and not open to new plan participants, these plans no longer have a service component in net periodic benefit cost. Prior to adoption, the Company recorded net periodic benefit costs related to its defined benefit pension and post-retirement medical plans within Selling, general and administrative expenses. As a result of adoption, these costs are recorded within Other, net. The Company retrospectively reclassified $1.4 million and $0.3 million of net periodic benefit cost in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for fiscal years 2018 and 2017, respectively, from Selling, general and administrative to Other, net.


 Pension Benefits Post-Retirement Benefits
 2017 2016 2017 2016
(In millions)Domestic International Domestic International    
Change in benefit obligation:           
Benefit obligation at beginning of year$1.0
 $104.4
 $1.1
 $112.0
 $5.9
 $7.7
Interest cost0.1
 2.7
 
 3.8
 0.2
 0.2
Foreign exchange impact
 (12.5) 
 (4.6) 
 
Actuarial (gain) loss
 23.4
 
 (4.4) (0.4) (1.3)
Benefits paid(0.1) (4.2) (0.1) (2.4) (0.7) (0.7)
Benefit obligation at end of year$1.0
 $113.8
 $1.0
 $104.4
 $5.0
 $5.9
            
Change in plan assets:           
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year$
 $85.0
 $
 $92.0
 $
 $
Actual return on plan assets
 9.6
 
 (1.3) 
 
Foreign exchange impact
 (10.3) 
 (3.7) 
 
Employer contributions0.1
 0.4
 0.1
 0.4
 0.7
 0.7
Benefits paid(0.1) (4.2) (0.1) (2.4) (0.7) (0.7)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year$
 $80.5
 $
 $85.0
 $
 $
            
Funded status:           
Under funded status at end of year$(1.0) $(33.3) $(1.0) $(19.4) $(5.0) $(5.9)
            
Components of the amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets:    
Current liabilities$(0.1) $
 $(0.1) $
 $(0.7) $(0.7)
Non-current liabilities$(0.9) $(33.3) $(0.9) $(19.4) $(4.3) $(5.2)
            
Components of the amounts recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive loss before the effect of income taxes:
Unrecognized net actuarial loss (gain)$0.3
 $50.9
 $0.3
 $39.3
 $(0.6) $(0.2)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss$0.3
 $50.9
 $0.3
 $39.3
 $(0.6) $(0.2)

The accumulated benefit obligation for the company'sCompany's domestic pension benefit plans totaled $1.0 million as of the end of both fiscal 20172019 and fiscal 2016.2018. For its international plans, the accumulated benefit obligation totaled $110.0105.4 million and $100.8$102.2 million as of fiscal 20172019 and fiscal 2016,2018, respectively. The following table summarizes the totals for pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets:
Pension Plans with Accumulated Benefit Obligation in Excess of Plan Assets
(In millions)2017 20162019 2018
Projected benefit obligation$114.8
 $105.4
$110.1
 $106.9
Accumulated benefit obligation$111.0
 $101.8
$106.4
 $103.1
Fair value of plan assets$80.5
 $85.0
$88.2
 $94.6

The following table is a summary of the annual cost of the company'sCompany's pension and post-retirement plans:
Components of Net Periodic Benefit Costs and Other Changes Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income:
Components of Net Periodic Benefit Costs and Other Changes Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss):Components of Net Periodic Benefit Costs and Other Changes Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss):
Pension Benefits Post-Retirement BenefitsPension Benefits Post-Retirement Benefits
(In millions)2017 2016 2015 2017 2016 20152019 2018 2017 2019 2018 2017
Domestic:                      
Interest cost$0.1
 $
 $
 $0.2
 $0.2
 $0.2
$
 $0.1
 $0.1
 $0.1
 $0.1
 $0.2
Net periodic benefit cost$0.1
 $
 $
 $0.2
 $0.2
 $0.2
$
 $0.1
 $0.1
 $0.1
 $0.1
 $0.2
                      
International:                      
Interest cost$2.7
 $3.8
 $4.3
      $2.7
 $2.7
 $2.7
      
Expected return on plan assets(4.7) (5.4) (5.5)      (4.5) (5.6) (4.7)      
Net amortization2.2
 2.8
 1.8
      2.8
 4.2
 2.2
      
Net periodic benefit cost$0.2
 $1.2
 $0.6
      $1.0
 $1.3
 $0.2
      

Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations Recognized in Other Comprehensive (Income):
Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss):Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss):
Pension Benefits Post-Retirement BenefitsPension Benefits Post-Retirement Benefits
(In millions)2017 2016 2017 20162019 2018 2019 2018
Domestic:              
Net actuarial gain$
 $
 $(0.4) $(1.3)$0.1
 $
 $(0.3) $(0.5)
Total recognized in other comprehensive loss$
 $
 $(0.4) $(1.3)$0.1
 $
 $(0.3) $(0.5)
              
International:              
Net actuarial loss$18.6
 $2.2
    
Net actuarial (gain) loss$11.7
 $(7.7)    
Net amortization(2.2) (2.8)    (2.7) (4.2)    
Total recognized in other comprehensive loss$16.4
 $(0.6)    $9.0
 $(11.9)    

The net actuarial loss, included in accumulated other comprehensive loss (pretax), expected to be recognized in net periodic benefit cost during fiscal 2018 is2020 is$4.03.3 million.
 
Actuarial Assumptions
The weighted-average actuarial assumptions used to determine the benefit obligation amounts and the net periodic benefit cost for the company'sCompany's pension and post-retirement plans are as follows:
The weighted-average used in the determination of net periodic benefit cost:
2017 2016 20152019 2018 2017
(Percentages)Domestic International Domestic International Domestic InternationalDomestic International Domestic International Domestic International
Discount rate3.51 3.43 3.41 3.50 3.44 4.403.99 2.87 3.53 2.49 3.51 3.43
Compensation increase raten/a 2.95 n/a 3.20 n/a 3.35n/a 3.10 n/a 3.25 n/a 2.95
Expected return on plan assetsn/a 6.10 n/a 6.10 n/a 6.10n/a 4.80 n/a 6.10 n/a 6.10
  
The weighted-average used in the determination of the projected benefit obligations:
Discount rate3.53 2.49 3.51 3.43 3.41 3.503.47 2.39 3.99 2.87 3.53 2.49
Compensation increase raten/a 3.25 n/a 2.95 n/a 3.20n/a 3.20 n/a 3.10 n/a 3.25

Effective May 28, 2016, the company changed the method it

The Company uses a full yield curve approach to estimate the interest component of net periodic benefit cost for pension and other postretirement benefits. Historically, the company has estimated the interest cost component utilizing a single weighted-average discount rate derived from the yield curve used to measure the benefit obligation at the beginning of the period. The company has elected to utilize a full yield curve approach in the estimation of interest cost by applyingThis method applies the specific spot rates along the yield curve used in the determination of the benefit obligation to the relevant projected cash flows. The company has made this change to provide a more precise measurement of interest cost by improving the correlation between projected benefit cash flows to the corresponding spot yield curve rates. The company accounted for this change as a change in accounting estimate and accordingly, accounted for it prospectively. The impact of this change on consolidated earnings for fiscal 2017 was a reduction of the interest cost component of net periodic benefit cost of approximately $0.4 million.



In calculating post-retirement benefit obligations for fiscal 2017,2020, a 7.56.7 percent annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered healthcare benefits was assumed for 2017,2019, decreasing gradually to 4.3 percent by 2038 and remaining at that level thereafter. For purposes of calculating post-retirement benefit costs, a 7.97.1 percent annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered healthcare benefits was assumed for 2016,2019, decreasing gradually to 4.3 percent by 2038 andand remaining at that level thereafter.

Assumed health care cost-trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for retiree health care costs. A one-percentage-point changeChanges in the assumed health care cost-trend rates wouldis not expected to have a significant impact on the following effects:
(In millions)1 Percent Increase 1 Percent Decrease
Effect on total fiscal 2017 service and interest cost components$
 $
Effect on post-retirement benefit obligation at June 3, 2017$0.2
 $(0.2)
post-employment liability.

Plan Assets and Investment Strategies
The company'sCompany's international employee benefit plan assets consist mainly of listed fixed income obligations and common/collective trusts. The company'sCompany's primary objective for invested pension plan assets is to provide for sufficient long-term growth and liquidity to satisfy all of its benefit obligations over time. Accordingly, the companyCompany has developed an investment strategy that it believes maximizes the probability of meeting this overall objective. This strategy includes the development of a target investment allocation by asset category in order to provide guidelines for making investment decisions. This target allocation emphasizes the long-term characteristics of individual asset classes as well as the diversification among multiple asset classes. In developing its strategy, the companyCompany considered the need to balance the varying risks associated with each asset class with the long-term nature of its benefit obligations. The company'sCompany's strategy moving forward will be to increase the level of fixed income investments as the funding status improves, thereby more closely matching the return on assets with the liabilities of the plans.

The companyCompany utilizes independent investment managers to assist with investment decisions within the overall guidelines of the investment strategy. The target asset allocation at the end of fiscal 20172019 and asset categories for the company'sCompany's primary international pension plan for fiscal 20172019 and 20162018 are as follows:
Asset Category Targeted Asset Allocation Percentage Percentage of Plan Assets at Year EndTargeted Asset Allocation Percentage Percentage of Plan Assets at Year End
 2017 20162019 2018 2019 2018
Fixed income 20 27
 24
35 35 33
 36
Common collective trusts 80 73
 76
65 65 67
 64
Total   100
 100
   100
 100
            
(In millions) International Plan as of June 3, 2017 International Plan as of June 1, 2019
Asset Category Level 1 Level 2 Total Level 1 Level 2 Total
Cash and cash equivalents $0.2
 $
 $0.2
 $
 $
 $
Foreign government obligations 
 21.4
 21.4
 
 29.3
 29.3
Common collective trusts-balanced 
 58.9
 58.9
 
 58.9
 58.9
Total $0.2
 $80.3
 $80.5
 $
 $88.2
 $88.2
            
(In millions) International Plan as of May 28, 2016 International Plan as of June 2, 2018
Asset Category Level 1 Level 2 Total Level 1 Level 2 Total
Cash and cash equivalents $0.2
 $
 $0.2
 $0.2
 $
 $0.2
Foreign government obligations 
 20.5
 20.5
 
 33.4
 33.4
Common collective trusts-balanced 
 64.3
 64.3
 
 61.0
 61.0
Total $0.2
 $84.8
 $85.0
 $0.2
 $94.4
 $94.6

Cash Flows
The companyCompany reviews pension funding requirements to determine the contribution to be made in the next year. Actual contributions will be dependent upon investment returns, changes in pension obligations and other economic and regulatory factors. During fiscal 2017,2019, the companyCompany made total cash contributions of $1.1$0.9 million to its benefit plans. In fiscal 2016,2018, the companyCompany made total cash contributions of $1.2$13.4 million to its benefit plans.



The following represents a summary of the benefits expected to be paid by the plans in future fiscal years. These expected benefits were estimated based on the same actuarial valuation assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at June 3, 2017.1, 2019.
(In millions)Pension Benefits Domestic Pension Benefits International Post-Retirement BenefitsPension Benefits Domestic Pension Benefits International Post-Retirement Benefits
2018$0.1
 $1.7
 $0.7
2019$0.1
 $2.1
 $0.6
2020$0.1
 $2.1
 $0.6
$0.1
 $1.8
 $0.5
2021$0.1
 $2.1
 $0.5
$0.1
 $1.9
 $0.4
2022$0.1
 $2.6
 $0.5
$0.1
 $2.3
 $0.4
2023-2027$0.3
 $15.5
 $1.7
2023$0.1
 $2.1
 $0.4
2024$0.1
 $2.3
 $0.3
2025-2029$0.3
 $16.7
 $1.1

Profit Sharing, 401(k) Plan, and Core Contribution
Substantially all of the company’sCompany’s domestic employees are eligible to participate in a defined contribution retirement plan, primarily the Herman Miller, Inc. profit sharing and 401(k) plan.plan (the "plan"). Employees under the Herman Miller, Inc. profit sharing plan are eligible to begin participating on their date of hire. The Profit SharingUntil June 4, 2017, the plan providesprovided for discretionary contributions for eligible participants, payable in the company'sCompany's common stock, of not more than 6 percent of employees' wages based on the company'sCompany's financial performance. Effective June 4, 2017, the Company discontinued the Employer Profit Sharing Contribution and instead, began allocating those funds to other components of pay and retirement. Under the Herman Miller, Inc. 401(k) plan the companyCompany matches 100 percent of employee contributions to their 401(k) accounts up to 3 percent of their pay. Effective September 3, 2017, the Company increased the Employer Matching Contribution from 3 percent to 4 percent for all eligible employees. A core contribution of 4 percent is also included for most participants of the plan. There was an additional 1 percent contribution added to the quarterly Core Contribution for the quarter prior to the increased Employer Matching Contribution effective September 3, 2017. The company’sCompany’s other defined contribution retirement plans may provide for matching contributions, non-elective contributions and discretionary contributions as declared by management.

The cost of the Herman Miller, Inc. profit sharing contribution during fiscal 2017 2016 and 2015 was $6.0 million, $10.9 million and $4.8 million, respectively.million. No profit sharing contribution was made in fiscal 2019 or fiscal 2018. The expense recorded for the company'sCompany's 401(k) matching contributions and core contributions was approximately $22.825.4 million, $21.924.9 million and $20.822.8 million in fiscal years 2017, 20162019, 2018 and 2015,2017, respectively.

8.9. Common Stock and Per Share Information
The following table reconciles the numerators and denominators used in the calculations of basic and diluted EPS for each of the last three fiscal years:
(In millions, except shares)2017 2016 20152019 2018 2017
Numerator:          
Numerator for both basic and diluted EPS, Net earnings attributable to Herman Miller, Inc.$123.9
 $136.7
 $97.5
$160.5
 $128.1
 $123.9
          
Denominator:          
Denominator for basic EPS, weighted-average common shares outstanding59,871,805
 59,844,540
 59,475,297
59,011,945
 59,681,268
 59,871,805
Potentially dilutive shares resulting from stock plans682,784
 684,729
 649,069
369,846
 630,037
 682,784
Denominator for diluted EPS60,554,589
 60,529,269
 60,124,366
59,381,791
 60,311,305
 60,554,589

Equity awards of 764,154218,037 shares, 528,676348,089 shares and 715,685764,154 shares of common stock were excluded from the denominator for the computation of diluted earnings per share for the fiscal years ended June 3, 20171, 2019, May 28, 2016June 2, 2018 and May 30, 2015June 3, 2017, respectively, because they were anti-dilutive. The companyCompany has certain share-based payment awards that meet the definition of participating securities. The company has evaluated the impact of all participating securities under the two-class method, noting there was no impact on EPS.

Common Stock
The companyCompany has atwo share repurchase planplans authorized by the Board of Directors on September 28,25, 2007 and January 16, 2019, which providedprovide share repurchase authorization of $300.0$550.0 million with no specified expiration date. The approximate dollar value of shares available for purchase under the plans at June 1, 2019 was $264.2 million. During fiscal year 2017, 20162019, 2018, and 2015,2017, shares repurchased and retired totaled 765,556, 482,0401,326,023, 1,356,156, and 121,488765,556 shares respectively.



9.10. Stock-Based Compensation
The companyCompany utilizes equity-based compensation incentives as a component of its employee and non-employee director and officer compensation philosophy. Currently, these incentives consist principally of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance share units. The companyCompany also offers a stock purchase plan for its domestic and certain international employees. The companyCompany issues shares in connection with its share-based compensation plans from authorized, but unissued, shares. At June 3, 20171, 2019 there were 3,991,3075,991,307 shares authorized under the various stock-based compensation plans.



Valuation and Expense Information
The companyCompany measures the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on their grant-date fair market value. This cost is recognized over the requisite service period.

Certain of the company'sCompany's equity-based compensation awards contain provisions that allow for continued vesting into retirement. Stock-based awards are considered fully vested for expense attribution purposes when the employee's retention of the award is no longer contingent on providing subsequent service.

The companyCompany classifies pre-tax stock-based compensation expense primarily within Operating expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. Pre-tax compensation expense and the related income tax benefit for all types of stock-based programs was as follows for the periods indicated:
(In millions) June 3, 2017 May 28, 2016 May 30, 2015 June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018 June 3, 2017
Employee stock purchase program $0.3
 $0.3
 $0.3
 $0.3
 $0.3
 $0.3
Stock option plans 2.0
 1.9
 2.6
 (0.4) 2.6
 2.0
Restricted stock grants 
 
 0.1
Restricted stock units 3.6
 3.2
 3.7
 4.6
 3.9
 3.6
Performance share units 2.8
 6.5
 3.3
 2.8
 0.9
 2.8
Total $8.7
 $11.9
 $10.0
 $7.3
 $7.7
 $8.7
            
Tax benefit $3.1
 $4.3
 $3.6
 $1.6
 $2.3
 $3.1
As of June 3, 2017,1, 2019, total pre-tax stock-based compensation cost not yet recognized related to non-vested awards was approximately $4.8 million.$7.1 million. The weighted-average period over which this amount is expected to be recognized is 1.060.96 years.

Stock-based compensation expense recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, has been reduced for estimated forfeitures, as it is based on awards ultimately expected to vest. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Forfeitures were estimated based on historical experience.

Employee Stock Purchase Program
Under the terms of the company'sCompany's Employee Stock Purchase Plan, 4 million shares of authorized common stock were reserved for purchase by plan participants at 85 percent of the market price. Shares of common stock purchased under the employee stock purchase plan were 62,957, 67,335, and 68,547 70,768 and 62,467for the fiscal years ended 2019, 2018 and 2017 2016 and 2015 respectively.

Stock Option Plans
The company has stock option plans under whichCompany grants options to purchase the company'sCompany's stock may be granted to certain key employees and non-employee directors at a price not less than the market price of the company'sCompany's common stock on the date of grant. Under the current award program, all options become exercisable between one and three years from date of grant and expire ten years from date of grant. Most options are subject to graded vesting with the related compensation expense recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.



In fiscal 2019 there were two separate stock option valuation dates. Therefore the table below has been presented with the assumptions relevant to each valuation date. The companyCompany estimated the fair value of employee stock options on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes model. In determining these values, the following weighted-average assumptions were used for the options granted during the fiscal years indicated.indicated:
2017 2016 20152019 2018 2017
Risk-free interest rates (1)
1.01% 1.51% 1.46%2.65-2.70%
 1.79% 1.01%
Expected term of options (2)
4.0 years
 4.0 years
 4.0 years
4.4 years
 4.6 years
 4.0 years
Expected volatility (3)
26% 33% 36%27% 26% 26%
Dividend yield (4)
2.13% 2.03% 1.85%2.18-2.33%
 2.23% 2.13%
Weighted-average grant-date fair value of stock options:          
Granted with exercise prices equal to the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant$5.50
 $6.73
 $7.74
$8.05
 $6.39
 $5.50
(1) Represents term-matched, zero-coupon risk-free rate from the U.S. Treasury Constant Maturity yield over the same period as the expected option term.curve, continuously compounded.
(2) Represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. Based on analysis of historical option exercise activity, the company has determined that all employee groups exhibit similar exercise and post-vesting termination behavior.settlement data, using midpoint scenario with 1-year grant date filter assumption for outstanding options.
(3) Amount is determined based on analysis ofThe blended volatility approach was used. 90% term-matched historical price volatility offrom daily stock prices and 10% percent weighted average implied volatility from the company's common stock over a period equal to90 days preceding the expected term of the options.grant date.
(4) Represents the company's estimated cashquarterly dividend yield overdivided by the expected termthree-month average stock price as of options.


the grant date, annualized and continuously compounded.

The following is a summary of the transactions under the company'sCompany's stock option plans:
 Shares Under Option Weighted-Average Exercise Prices Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years) 
Aggregate Intrinsic Value
(In millions)
Shares Under Option Weighted-Average Exercise Prices 
Aggregate Intrinsic Value
(in millions)
 Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years)
Outstanding at May 28, 2016 921,380
 $25.80
 4.20 $5.5
Outstanding at June 2, 20181,063,249
 $30.33
 $2.9
 7.45
Granted at market 745,141
 $31.86
  156,008
 $38.23
   
Exercised (327,299) $28.84
  (347,248) $28.84
   
Forfeited or expired (9,520) $38.11
  (81,950) $33.94
   
Outstanding at June 3, 2017 1,329,702
 $28.36
 7.26 $5.8
Outstanding at June 1, 2019790,059
 $32.17
 $3.0
 5.81
Ending vested + expected to vest 1,325,647
 $28.35
 7.25 $5.8
790,059
 $32.17
 $3.0
 5.81
Exercisable at end of period 498,522
 $22.95
 4.37 $4.9
282,985
 $28.51
 $2.0
 4.42

The weighted-average remaining recognition period of the outstanding stock options at June 3, 20171, 2019 was 0.901.12 years. The total pre-tax intrinsic value of options exercised during fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017 2016 and 2015 was $1.3$3.3 million, $2.3$5.0 million and $2.4$1.3 million, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value in the preceding table represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value, based on the company'sCompany's closing stock price as of the end of the period presented, which would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised in-the-money options as of that date. Total cash received during fiscal 20172019 from the exercise of stock options was $6.6approximately $10 million.

Restricted Stock Grants
The company periodically grants restricted common stock to certain key employees. Shares are granted in the name of the employee, who has all the rights of a shareholder, subject to certain restrictions on transferability and risk of forfeiture. The grants are subject to either cliff-based or graded vesting over a period not exceeding five years, and are subject to forfeiture if the employee ceases to be employed by the company for certain reasons. After the vesting period, the risk of forfeiture and restrictions on transferability lapse. The company recognizes the related compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. A summary of shares subject to restrictions are as follows:
  2017
  Shares Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value
Outstanding at May 28, 2016 20,823
 $21.35
Vested (20,323) $21.38
Forfeited (500) $20.17
Outstanding at June 3, 2017 
 $

The fair value of the shares that vested during the twelve months ended June 3, 2017, was $0.6 million. There were no restricted stock grants granted during fiscal 2017, 2016 or 2015.

Restricted Stock Units
The companyCompany grants restricted stock units to certain key employees. This program provides that the actual number of restricted stock units awarded is based on the value of a portion of the participant's long-term incentive compensation divided by the fair value of the company'sCompany's stock on the date of grant. In some years the awards have been partially tied to the company's financial performance for the year in which the grant was based. The awards generally cliff-vest after a three-year service period, with prorated vesting under certain circumstances and full or partial accelerated vesting upon retirement. Each restricted stock unit represents one equivalent share of the company'sCompany's common stock to be awarded, free of restrictions, after the vesting period. Compensation expense related to these awards is recognized over the requisite service period, which includes any applicable performance period. Dividend equivalent awards are credited quarterly. The units do not entitle participants to the rights of stockholders of common stock, such as voting rights, until shares are issued after vesting.


The following is a summary of restricted stock unit transactions for the fiscal years indicated:
Share
Units
 
Weighted Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
 Aggregate Intrinsic Value in Millions 
Weighted-Average
Remaining Contractual
Term (Years)
Share
Units
 
Weighted Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
 Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in millions) 
Weighted-Average
Remaining Contractual
Term (Years)
Outstanding at May 28, 2016377,861
 $27.83
 $12.0
 1.40
Outstanding at June 2, 2018481,027
 $32.20
 $15.8
 1.28
Granted114,778
 $31.83
    91,304
 $37.81
    
Forfeited(12,951) $29.25
    (31,922) $35.94
    
Released(94,736) $28.70
    (229,128) $31.40
    
Outstanding at June 3, 2017384,952
 $28.73
 $12.6
 1.14
Outstanding at June 1, 2019311,281
 $33.93
 $11.0
 1.10
Ending vested + expected to vest379,037
 29.30
 $12.4
 1.13311,281
 $33.93
 $11.0
 1.10



The weighted-average remaining recognition period of the outstanding restricted stock units at June 3, 2017,1, 2019, was 0.900.99 years. The fair value of the share units that vested during the twelve months ended June 3, 2017,1, 2019, was $3.0$8.4 million. The weighted average grant-date fair value of restricted stock units granted during 2019, 2018, and 2017 2016,was $37.81, $35.28 and 2015 was $31.83 $29.03 and $30.38 respectively.

Performance Share Units
The companyCompany grants performance share units to certain key employees. The number of units initially awarded was based on the value of a portion of the participant's long-term incentive compensation, divided by the fair value of the company'sCompany's common stock on the date of grant. Each unit represents one equivalent share of the company'sCompany's common stock. The number of common shares ultimately issued in connection with these performance share units is determined based on the company'sCompany's financial performance over the related three-year service period or the company'sCompany's financial performance based on certain total shareholder return results as compared to a selected group of peer companies. Compensation expense is determined based on the grant-date fair value and the number of common shares projected to be issued and is recognized over the requisite service period.

The following is a summary of performance share unit transactions for the fiscal years indicated:
Share
Units
 Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value 
Aggregate Intrinsic
Value in Millions
 Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years)
Share
Units
 Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value 
Aggregate Intrinsic
Value (in millions)
 Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years)
Outstanding at May 28, 2016433,714
 $31.74
 $13.7
 1.20
Outstanding at June 2, 2018374,560
 $30.76
 $12.3
 1.01
Granted141,218
 $29.40
    207,568
 $36.37
    
Forfeited(43,945) $35.75
    (19,093) $35.90
    
Released(113,040) $29.34
   (239,679) $31.55
   
Outstanding at June 3, 2017417,947
 $31.18
 $13.7
 1.03
Outstanding at June 1, 2019323,356
 $33.48
 $11.5
 1.13
Ending vested + expected to vest413,358
 $31.23
 $13.5
 1.03323,356
 $33.48
 $11.5
 1.13

The weighted-average remaining recognition period of the outstanding performance share units at June 3, 2017,1, 2019, was 0.811.06 years. The fair value for shares that vested during the twelve months ended June 3, 2017,1, 2019, was $3.6$9.3 million. The weighted average grant-date fair value of performance share units granted during 2019, 2018, and 2017 2016,was $36.37, $31.28, and 2015 was $29.40 $30.81 and $32.71 respectively.

Herman Miller Consumer Holdings Stock (HMCH) Option Plan
Certain employees were granted options to purchase stock of HMCH at a price not less than the market price of HMCH common stock on the date of grant. For the grants of options under the award program, options are potentially exercisable between one year and five years from date of grant and expire at the end of the window period that follows the fifth anniversary of the grant date. Vesting is based on the performance of HMCH over a period of five years. Certain of these options have been classified as liability awards as the holders have the right to put the underlying shares to the companyCompany immediately upon exercise. Given this, the awards are measured at fair value at the end of each reporting period and compensation expense is adjusted accordingly to reflect the fair value over the requisite service period. The companyCompany estimates the issuance date fair value of HMCH stock options on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes model. In fiscal 2019 the options did not meet their performance targets resulting in cancellation of awards and reversal of the related expense and liability. The expense reversal for these awards was a benefit of $0.6$1.1 million during fiscal 20172019 and the related liability for these awards was $0.3 millionzero as of the end of fiscal 2017. The liability for the HMCH stock options is recorded within the Consolidated Balance Sheets within the "Other liabilities" line item.


2019.

The following weighted-average assumptions were used to value the liability associated with HMCH stock options as of June 3, 2017 and May 28, 2016.2, 2018:
  2017 2016
Risk-free interest rates (1)
 1.29% 1.07%
Expected term of options (2)
 2.1 years
 3.1 years
Expected volatility (3)
 35% 35%
Dividend yield not applicable
 not applicable
Strike price $24.39
 24.39
Per share value (4)
 $3.24
 6.52
2018
Risk-free interest rates (1)
2.29%
Expected term of options (2)
1.1 years
Expected volatility (3)
35%
Dividend yieldnot applicable
Strike price30.64
Per share value (4)
8.24
(1) Represents the U.S. Treasury yield over the same period as the expected option term.
(2) Represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding.
(3) Amount is determined based on analysis of historical price volatility of the common stock of peer companies over a period equal to the expected term of the options.
(4) Based on the Black-Scholes formula.



 Shares Under Option Weighted-Average Exercise Prices Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years) Aggregate Intrinsic Value (In millions)Shares Under Option Weighted-Average Exercise Prices Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in millions) Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years)
Outstanding at May 28, 2016 500,376
 $24.07
 3.20 $0.4
Granted 40,425
 $24.63
  
Outstanding at June 2, 2018544,126
 $24.04
 $3.6
 1.20
Exercised (2,957) $6.40
  (4,861) $7.82
   
Forfeited (11,600) $24.39
  (468,558) $24.39
   
Outstanding at June 3, 2017 526,244
 $24.20
 2.20 $0.1
Outstanding at June 1, 201970,707
 $22.80
 $0.5
 0.20
Exercisable at end of period 46,758
 $22.30
 2.20 $0.1
70,707
 $22.80
 $0.5
 0.20

The total pre-tax intrinsic value of HMCH options exercised during fiscal 2017 was $0.1 million.outstanding balance at June 1, 2019 in the preceding table represents fully vested options. The aggregate intrinsic value in the preceding table represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value, based on the HMCH market price, less the strike price, as of the end of the period presented, which would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised in-the-money options as of that date.

Deferred Compensation Plan
The Herman Miller, Inc. Executive Equalization Retirement Plan is a supplemental deferred compensation plan and was made available for salary deferrals and companyCompany contributions beginning in January 2008. The plan is available to a select group of management or highly compensated employees who are selected for participation by the Executive Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. The plan allows participants to defer up to 50 percent of their base salary and up to 100 percent of their incentive cash bonus. Company contributions to the plan “mirror” the amounts the companyCompany would have contributed to the various qualified retirement plans had the employee's compensation not been above the IRS statutory ceiling ($270,000280,000 in 2017)2019). The companyCompany does not guarantee a rate of return for these funds. Instead, participants make investment elections for their deferrals and companyCompany contributions. Investment options are the same as those available under the Herman Miller Profit Sharing and 401(k) Plan, except for companyCompany stock, which is not an investment option under this plan.

The Nonemployee Officer and Director Deferred Compensation Plan allows the Board of Directors of the companyCompany to defer a portion of their annual director fee. Investment options are the same as those available under the Herman Miller Profit Sharing and 401(k) Plan, including companyCompany stock.

In accordance with the terms of the Executive Equalization Plan and Nonemployee Officer and Director Deferred Compensation Plan, the salary and bonus deferrals, companyCompany contributions and director fee deferrals have been placed in a Rabbi trust. The assets in the Rabbi trust remain subject to the claims of creditors of the companyCompany and are not the property of the participant. Investments in securities other than the company'sCompany's common stock are included within the Other assets line item, while investments in the company'sCompany's stock are included in the line item Key executive deferred compensation in the company'sCompany's Consolidated Balance Sheets. A liability of the same amount is recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets within the Other liabilities line item. Investment assets are classified as trading, and accordingly, realized and unrealized gains and losses are recognized within the company'sCompany's Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income in the Interest and other investment income line item. The associated changes to the liability are recorded as compensation expense within the Selling, general and administrative line item within the company'sCompany's Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. The net effect of any change to the asset and corresponding liability is offset and has no impact on Net earnings in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.



Director Fees
Company directors may elect to receive their director fees in one or more of the following forms: cash, deferred compensation in the form of shares or other selected investment funds, unrestricted companyCompany stock at the market value at the date of election or stock options that vest in one year and expire in ten years. The exercise price of the stock options granted may not be less than the market price of the company'sCompany's common stock on the date of grant. Under the plan, the Board members received the following shares or options in the fiscal years indicated:
 2017 2016 2015 2019 2018 2017
Shares of common stock 9,982
 21,988
 13,752
 10,185
 8,828
 9,982
Shares through the deferred compensation program 2,582
 3,118
 
 7,619
 2,207
 2,582



10.11. Income Taxes
On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Act”) was signed into law in the United States. The effects of the Act included the reduction of the federal corporate income tax rate from 35 percent to 21 percent and a new participation exemption system of taxation on foreign earnings, among other provisions.

In accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin 118, for the year ended June 2, 2018, the Company recorded a provisional tax benefit of $3.1 million from the impact of the Act, primarily related to the one-time U.S. tax liability on certain undistributed foreign earnings and the remeasurement of current and deferred tax liabilities. Subsequently, as the U.S. Treasury Department issued additional guidance, the Company recorded adjustments to the provisional tax benefit. During the year ended June 1, 2019, the Company completed its accounting for all the effects of the Act and recorded adjustments to the provisional amounts primarily for the one-time U.S. tax liability on certain undistributed foreign earnings and also an adjustment related to foreign tax credits to increase the income tax benefit from the Act by $1.0 million.

The U.S. Treasury Department and the Internal Revenue Service are expected to continue issuing additional guidance related to the Act, which could have a material impact to the provision for income taxes. If applicable, the Company would recognize any adjustments in the provision for income taxes in the period additional guidance is issued.

For tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, the Act subjects a U.S. shareholder to tax on global intangible low-taxed income (“GILTI”) earned by certain foreign subsidiaries. The FASB Staff Q&A, Topic 740, No. 5, Accounting for Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income, states that an entity can make an accounting policy election to either recognize deferred taxes for temporary basis differences expected to reverse as GILTI in future years or provide for the tax expense related to GILTI in the year the tax is incurred. The Company will account for tax expense related to GILTI in the year the tax is incurred.

The components of earnings before income taxes are as follows:
(In millions)2017 2016 20152019 2018 2017
Domestic$131.4
 $154.9
 $142.5
$136.2
 $121.6
 $131.4
Foreign46.2
 41.7
 2.7
58.9
 46.5
 46.2
Total$177.6
 $196.6
 $145.2
$195.1
 $168.1
 $177.6

The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following:
(In millions)2017 2016 20152019 2018 2017
Current: Domestic - Federal$28.7
 $36.4
 $43.6
$19.0
 $30.2
 $28.7
Domestic - State2.3
 6.4
 6.3
6.4
 4.3
 2.3
Foreign11.1
 6.3
 6.1
12.9
 10.7
 11.1
42.1
 49.1
 56.0
38.3
 45.2
 42.1
Deferred: Domestic - Federal9.2
 7.5
 (5.9)1.0
 (4.1) 9.2
Domestic - State2.8
 0.2
 (0.6)(0.2) 0.1
 2.8
Foreign1.0
 2.7
 (2.3)0.5
 1.2
 1.0
13.0
 10.4
 (8.8)1.3
 (2.8) 13.0
Total income tax provision$55.1
 $59.5
 $47.2
$39.6
 $42.4
 $55.1



The following table represents a reconciliation of income taxes at the United States statutory rate of 21% for 2019, 29.1% for 2018, and 35% for 2017 with the effective tax rate as follows:
(In millions) 2017 2016 2015 2019 2018 2017
Income taxes computed at the United States Statutory rate of 35% $62.2
 $68.8
 $50.8
Income taxes computed at the United States Statutory rate $41.0
 $49.0
 $62.2
Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:            
Remeasurement of U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities due to the Tax Act (0.2) (8.9) 
U.S. tax liability on undistributed foreign earnings due to the Tax Act (2.6) 9.0
 
Foreign-derived intangible income (3.1) 
 
Global intangible low-taxed income 6.9
 
 
Foreign statutory rate differences (5.7) (4.3) (1.0) 1.9
 (4.0) (5.7)
Manufacturing deduction under the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (3.4) (4.8) (4.8) 
 (2.7) (3.4)
State taxes 3.8
 5.2
 4.2
 4.9
 3.3
 3.8
Tax on undistributed foreign earnings 
 
 (3.9)
United Kingdom patent box deduction for research and development (2.6) (1.7) (0.3) (1.9) (1.8) (2.6)
Sale of manufacturing facility in the United Kingdom 
 (1.6) 
Research and development credit (3.4) (2.4) (1.4)
Foreign tax credit (5.7) (2.4) (0.6)
Other, net 0.8
 (2.1) 2.2
 1.8
 3.3
 2.8
Income tax expense $55.1
 $59.5
 $47.2
 $39.6
 $42.4
 $55.1
Effective tax rate 31.1% 30.3% 32.6% 20.3% 25.2% 31.1%

The tax effects and types of temporary differences that give rise to significant components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities at June 3, 20171, 2019 and May 28, 2016June 2, 2018, are as follows:
(In millions) 2017 2016 2019 2018
Deferred tax assets:        
Compensation-related accruals $22.7
 $23.2
 $13.1
 $15.3
Accrued pension and post-retirement benefit obligations 10.9
 9.2
 7.2
 6.6
Deferred revenue 5.3
 5.6
 6.1
 5.6
Inventory related 4.1
 3.8
 1.2
 1.0
Reserves for uncollectible accounts and notes receivable 1.0
 1.2
 0.7
 0.6
Other reserves and accruals 6.1
 3.0
 8.1
 5.2
Warranty 17.0
 15.7
 12.3
 11.9
State and local tax net operating loss carryforwards and credits 2.7
 5.7
 2.5
 2.3
Federal net operating loss carryforward 5.0
 7.1
 1.4
 1.7
Foreign tax net operating loss carryforwards and credits 10.0
 14.6
 9.1
 10.0
Accrued step rent and tenant reimbursements 4.7
 1.9
 4.2
 3.8
Other 4.2
 2.8
 4.0
 3.9
Subtotal 93.7
 93.8
 69.9
 67.9
Valuation allowance (10.0) (10.6) (10.4) (10.3)
Total $83.7
 $83.2
 $59.5
 $57.6
        
Deferred tax liabilities:        
Book basis in property in excess of tax basis $(37.4) $(24.8) $(26.6) $(25.5)
Intangible assets (47.3) (47.4) (34.6) (32.3)
Other (3.2) (2.2) (2.1) (6.9)
Total $(87.9) $(74.4) $(63.3) $(64.7)
The future tax benefits of net operating loss (NOL) carry-forwards and foreign tax credits are recognized to the extent that realization of these benefits is considered more likely than not. The companyCompany bases this determination on the expectation that related operations will be sufficiently profitable or various tax planning strategies will enable the companyCompany to utilize the NOL carry-forwards and/or foreign tax credits. To the extent that available evidence about the future raises doubt about the realization of these tax benefits, a valuation allowance is established.

At June 3, 20171, 2019, the companyCompany had state and local tax NOL carry-forwards of $36.0$25.7 million, the state tax benefit of which was $2.2is $1.4 million, which have various expiration periods from 21 to 21 years. The companyCompany also had state credits with a state tax benefit of $0.5$1.1 million,, which expire in 31 to 6 years. For financial statement purposes, the NOL carry-forwards and state tax credits have been recognized as deferred tax assets, subject to a valuation allowance of $1.5$1.3 million.



At June 3, 20171, 2019, the companyCompany had federal NOL carry-forwards of $14.2$6.6 million, the tax benefit of which was $5.0is $1.4 million, which expire in 1210 years. For financial statement purposes, the NOL carry-forwards have been recognized as deferred tax assets.

At June 3, 2017,1, 2019, the companyCompany had federal deferred assets of $2.0$2.2 million, the tax benefit of which is $0.7$0.5 million, which is related to investments in various foreign joint ventures. For financial statement purposes, the assets have been recognized as deferred tax assets, subject to a valuation allowance of $0.7$0.5 million.

At June 3, 2017,1, 2019, the companyCompany had foreign net operating loss carry-forwards of $43.6$41.2 million, the tax benefit of which is $9.9$9.1 million, which have expiration periods from 119 years to an unlimited term. The company also had foreign tax credits with a tax benefit of $0.1 million which expire in 3 years. For financial statement purposes, the NOL carry-forwards and foreign tax credits have been recognized as deferred tax assets, subject to a valuation allowance of $7.4$7.6 million.

At June 3, 20171, 2019, the companyCompany had foreign deferred assets of $2.3$5.5 million, the tax benefit of which is $0.4$1.0 million, which is related to various deferred taxes in Hong Kong and Brazil as well as buildings in the United Kingdom. For financial statement purposes, the assets have been recognized as deferred tax assets, subject to a valuation allowance of $0.4$1.0 million.

The companyCompany has not providedrecorded transition tax on undistributed foreign earnings as required by the Act. No other provision was made for United States income taxes that may result from future remittances of the undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries that are determined to be indefinitely reinvested, which was $223.8 million on June 1, 2019. Determination of the total amount of unrecognized deferred income tax on undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries totaling approximately $135.0 million. Recording deferred income taxes on these undistributed earnings is not required, because these earnings have been deemed to be indefinitely reinvested. These amounts would be subject to possible U.S. taxation only if remitted as dividends. The determination of the hypothetical amount of unrecognized deferred U.S. taxes on undistributed earnings of foreign entities is not practicable.



The components of the company'sCompany's unrecognized tax benefits are as follows:
(In millions)    
Balance at May 30, 2015 $1.8
Balance at June 3, 2017 $2.8
Increases related to current year income tax positions 0.3
Increases related to prior year income tax positions 0.4
Decreases related to lapse of applicable statute of limitations (0.3)
Balance at June 2, 2018 $3.2
Increases related to current year income tax positions 0.4
 0.4
Increases related to prior year income tax positions 0.1
 0.1
Decreases related to prior year income tax positions (0.1) (0.4)
Decreases related to lapse of applicable statute of limitations (0.1) (0.3)
Decreases related to settlements (0.4) (1.1)
Balance at May 28, 2016 1.7
Increases related to current year income tax positions 0.3
Increases related to prior year income tax positions 1.1
Decreases related to prior year income tax positions (0.1)
Decreases related to lapse of applicable statute of limitations (0.1)
Decreases related to settlements (0.1)
Balance at June 3, 2017 $2.8
Balance at June 1, 2019 $1.9

The company'sCompany's effective tax rate would have been affected by the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits had this amount been recognized as a reduction to income tax expense.

The companyCompany recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits through Income tax expense in its Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. Interest and penalties and the related liability, which are excluded from the table above, were as follows for the periods indicated:
(In millions)June 3, 2017 May 28, 2016 May 30, 2015June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018 June 3, 2017
Interest and penalty expense (income)$0.2
 $(0.1) $0.4
$(0.3) $0.1
 $0.2
     
Liability for interest and penalties$0.8
 $0.7
 
$0.7
 $1.0
  

The companyCompany is subject to periodic audits by domestic and foreign tax authorities. Currently, the companyCompany is undergoing routine periodic audits in both domestic and foreign tax jurisdictions. It is reasonably possible that the amounts of unrecognized tax benefits could change in the next 12 months as a result of new positions that may be taken on income tax returns, settlement of tax positions and the closing of statutes of limitation. It is not expected that any of the changes will be material to the company'sCompany's Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.

During the year, the companyCompany has partially closed the audit of fiscal year 20162018 with the Internal Revenue Service under the Compliance Assurance Process (CAP). For the majority of the remaining tax jurisdictions, the companyCompany is no longer subject to state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for fiscal years before 2014.2016.



11.12. Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The company'sCompany's financial instruments consist of cash equivalents, marketable securities, interest rate swaps, accounts and notes receivable, deferred compensation plan, accounts payable, debt, redeemable noncontrolling interests and foreign currency exchange contracts. The company'sCompany's financial instruments, other than long-term debt, are recorded at fair value. The fair value of fixed rate debt was based on third-party quotes (Level 2). The carrying value and fair value of the company'sCompany's long-term debt, including current maturities, is as follows for the periods indicated:
(In millions) June 3, 2017 May 28, 2016 June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018
Carrying value $199.9
 $221.9
 $285.0
 $285.8
Fair value $213.0
 $241.7
 $287.8
 $288.6

The following describes the methods the companyCompany uses to estimate the fair value of financial assets and liabilities, of which there have been no significant changesnot significantly changed in the current period:

Cash equivalents — The Company invests excess cash in short term investments in the form of commercial paper and money market funds. Commercial paper is valued at amortized costs while money market funds are valued using net asset value.

Equity securities — The Company's equity securities primarily include equity mutual funds. The equity mutual fund investments are recorded at fair value using quoted prices for similar securities.

Available-for-sale securities — The company'sCompany's available-for-sale marketable securities primarily include exchange equity and fixed income mutual funds and government obligations. These investments are recorded at fair value using quoted prices for similar securities.



Foreign currency exchange contracts — The company'sCompany's foreign currency exchange contracts are valued using an approach based on foreign currency exchange rates obtained from active markets. The estimated fair value of forward currency exchange contracts is based on month-end spot rates as adjusted by current market-based activity. These forward contracts are not designated as hedging instruments.

Interest rate swap agreementagreements — The company'sCompany's interest rate swap agreementagreements value is determined using a market approach based on rates obtained from active markets. The interest rate swap agreement isagreements are designated as a cash flow hedging instrument.

Deferred compensation plan assets — The company'sCompany's deferred compensation plan assets primarily includeincludes various domestic equity large cap and lifestyleinternational mutual funds andthat are valuedrecorded at fair value using quoted prices for similar securities.

Other — The company'sCompany's contingent consideration liabilities and redeemable noncontrolling interests are deemed to be a nonrecurring level 3 fair value measurement. Refer to Note 15 for further information regarding redeemable noncontrolling interests. The purchase price allocation performed to determine fair value of the underlying assets and liabilities associated with the equity investment in Naughtone utilized nonrecurring level 3 fair value measurements. Refer to Note 4 for further information regarding the investment in Naughtone. Nonrecurring level 3 fair value measurements were used to determine the fair value of the Nemschoff trade name, which was impaired during fiscal 2017. Refer to Note 16 for further information regarding the Nemschoff trade name impairment. Nonrecurring level 3 fair value measurements were used to determine the fair value of the building and the related financing liability associated with a construction-type lease related to a new DWR studio in Palo Alto, California. Refer to Note 5 for further information related to this lease.  redeemable noncontrolling interests.

The following tables settable sets forth financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheetsthrough net income and the respective pricing levels to which the fair value measurements are classified within the fair value hierarchy as of June 3, 20171, 2019 and May 28, 2016June 2, 2018:
(In millions)Fair Value Measurements
June 3, 2017 May 28, 2016Fair Value Measurements
Financial AssetsQuoted Prices With Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)Management Estimates (Level 3) Quoted Prices With Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)Management Estimates (Level 3)
Available-for-sale securities:    
Mutual funds - fixed income$7.7
$
 $6.4
$
June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018
(In millions)
Financial Assets
NAVQuoted Prices With Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)Management Estimates (Level 3) NAVQuoted Prices With Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)Management Estimates (Level 3)
Cash equivalents: 
  
Money market funds$69.5
$
$
 $121.0
$
$
Mutual funds - equity0.9

 0.7


0.9

 
0.9

Government obligations

 0.4

Foreign currency forward contracts0.5

 0.5




 
0.4

Interest rate swap agreement

3.3

 

Deferred compensation plan12.8

 7.9


12.5

 
15.1

Total$25.2
$
 $15.9
$
$69.5
$13.4
$
 $121.0
$16.4
$
      
Financial Liabilities      
Foreign currency forward contracts$0.6
$
 $0.8
$
$
$1.4
$
 $
$0.3
$
Contingent consideration
0.5
 
2.7


0.2
 

0.5
Total$0.6
$0.5
 $0.8
$2.7
$
$1.4
$0.2
 $
$0.3
$0.5



The following table sets forth financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income and the respective pricing levels to which the fair value measurements are classified within the fair value hierarchy as of June 1, 2019 and June 2, 2018.
(In millions)June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018


Financial Assets
Quoted Prices with
Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
 Management Estimate (Level 3) Quoted Prices with
Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
 Management Estimate (Level 3)
Mutual funds - fixed income$7.9
 $
 $7.7
 $
Interest rate swap agreement1.0
 
 15.0
 
Total$8.9
 $
 $22.7
 $
        
Financial Liabilities       
Interest rate swap agreement$2.2
 
 
 $
Total$2.2
 $
 $
 $

The table below presents a reconciliation for liabilities measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) (in millions):
(In millions)       
Contingent Consideration June 3, 2017 May 28, 2016June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018
Beginning balance $2.7
 $2.6
$0.5
 $0.5
Net realized gains (0.2) 
Foreign currency translation adjustments 
 (0.1)
Net realized (gains) losses(0.2) 0.1
Settlements (2.0) (2.5)(0.1) (0.1)
Purchases or additions 
 2.7
Ending balance $0.5
 $2.7
$0.2
 $0.5

The contingent consideration liabilities represent future payment obligations that relate to business and product line acquisitions. These payments are based on the future performance of the acquired businesses. The contingent consideration liabilities are valued using estimates based on discount rates that reflect the risk involved and the projected sales and earnings of the acquired businesses. The estimates are updated and the liabilities are adjusted to fair value on a quarterly basis.



The following is a summary of the carrying and market values of the company's marketable securitiesCompany's fixed income mutual funds and equity mutual funds as of the dates indicated:
June 3, 2017 May 28, 2016June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018
(In millions)Cost Unrealized Gain Unrealized Loss Market Value Cost Unrealized Gain Unrealized Loss Market ValueCost Unrealized Gain/(Loss) Market Value Cost Unrealized Gain/(Loss) Market Value
Mutual funds - fixed income$7.6
 $0.1
 $
 $7.7
 $6.4
 $
 $
 $6.4
$7.9
 $
 $7.9
 $7.8
 $(0.1) $7.7
Mutual funds - equity0.9
 
 
 0.9
 0.7
 
 
 0.7
0.8
 0.1
 0.9
 0.7
 0.2
 0.9
Government obligations
 
 
 
 0.4
 
 
 0.4
Total$8.5
 $0.1
 $
 $8.6
 $7.5
 $
 $
 $7.5
$8.7
 $0.1
 $8.8
 $8.5
 $0.1
 $8.6

Adjustments to the fair value of available-for-sale securities are recorded as increases or decreases, net of income taxes, within Accumulated other comprehensive loss in stockholders’ equity. These adjustments are also included within the caption Unrealized holding gain within the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. Unrealized gains recognized in the company's Condensed Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income related to available-for-sale securities were $0.1 million and zero for the fiscal years ended June 3, 2017 and May 28, 2016, respectively. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method; realized gains and losses resulting from such sales are included in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income within "Other, net".

The companyCompany reviews its investment portfolio for any unrealized losses that would be deemed other-than-temporary and requirerequires the recognition of an impairment loss in earnings. If the cost of an investment exceeds its fair value, the companyCompany evaluates, among other factors, general market conditions, the duration and extent to which the fair value is less than its cost, the company'sCompany's intent to hold the investment, and whether it is more likely than not that the companyCompany will be required to sell the investment before recovery of the cost basis. The companyCompany also considers the type of security, related industry and sector performance, and published investment ratings. Once a decline in fair value is determined to be other-than-temporary, an impairment charge is recorded and a new cost basis in the investment is established. If conditions within individual markets, industry segments, or macro-economic environments deteriorate, the companyCompany could incur future impairments.

The companyCompany views its available-for-sale portfolioequity and fixed income mutual funds as available for use in its current operations. Accordingly, the investments are recorded within Current Assets within the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

On June 3, 2018, as a result of the adoption of ASU 2016-01 - Financial Instruments, the Company reclassified net gains on mutual fund equity securities, that were formerly classified as available for sale securities before the adoption of the new standard, from Accumulated other comprehensive loss to Retained earnings. The impact of adoption was $0.1 million which is not material to the Company's financial statements.



Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
Foreign Currency Forward Contracts
The companyCompany transacts business in various foreign currencies and has established a program that primarily utilizes foreign currency forward contracts to offset the risks associated with the effects of certain foreign currency exposures. Under this program, the company'sCompany's strategy is to have increases or decreases in our foreign currency exposures offset by gains or losses on the foreign currency forward contracts to mitigate the risks and volatility associated with foreign currency transaction gains or losses. These foreign currency exposures typically arise from net liability or asset exposures in non-functional currencies on the balance sheets of our foreign subsidiaries. These foreign currency forward contracts generally settle within 30 days and are not used for trading purposes. These forward contracts are not designated as hedging instruments. Accordingly, we record the fair value of these contracts as of the end of the reporting period in the Consolidated Balance Sheets with changes in fair value recorded within the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. The balance sheet classification for the fair values of these forward contracts is to Other current assets for unrealized gains and to Other accrued liabilities for unrealized losses. The Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income classification for the fair values of these forward contracts is to Other expenses (income): Other, net, for both realized and unrealized gains and losses.

The notional amounts of the forward contracts held to purchase and sell U.S. dollars in exchange for other major international currencies were $36.1$38.1 million and $64.3$37.3 million as of June 3, 20171, 2019 and May 28, 2016,June 2, 2018, respectively. The notional amounts of the foreign currency forward contracts held to purchase and sell British pound sterling in exchange for other major international currencies were £19.4£19.2 million and £31.2£19.9 million as of June 3, 20171, 2019 and May 28, 2016,June 2, 2018, respectively. The companyCompany also has other forward contracts related to other currency pairs at varying notional amounts.

Interest Rate Swaps
During the fiscal year ended June 3, 2017, the company entered into an interest rate swap agreement with an aggregate notional amount of $150.0 million, a forward start date of January 3, 2018 and a termination date of January 3, 2028. The company expects to borrow on its variable rate LIBOR-based revolving credit facility in order to pay off the existing $150.0 million of Series B Senior Notes. The interest rate swap is expected to be utilized to effectively convert the $150.0 million of outstanding indebtedness from a LIBOR-based floating interest rate, plus applicable margin, to a 1.949 percent fixed interest rate plus applicable margin under the agreement as of the forward start date.





The companyCompany enters into interest rate swap agreements to manage its exposure to interest rate changes and its overall cost of borrowing. The company'sCompany's interest rate swap agreement wasagreements were entered into to exchange variable rate interest payments for fixed rate payments over the life of the agreement without the exchange of the underlying notional amounts. The notional amount of the interest rate swap agreementagreements is used to measure interest to be paid or received and does not represent the amount of exposure to credit loss. The differential paid or received on the interest rate swap agreementagreements is recognized as an adjustment to interest expense.

The interest rate swap was aswaps were designated cash flow hedgehedges at inception and remainsremain an effective accounting hedge as of June 3, 2017.1, 2019. Since a designated derivative meets hedge accounting criteria, the fair value of the hedge is recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivativederivatives is immediately recognized in earnings. The interest rate swap agreement isagreements are assessed for hedge effectiveness on a quarterly basis.

In September 2016, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement. The interest rate swap is for an aggregate notional amount of $150.0 million with a forward start date of January 3, 2018 and a termination date of January 3, 2028. As a result of the transaction, the Company effectively converted indebtedness anticipated to be borrowed on the Company’s revolving line of credit up to the notional amount from a LIBOR-based floating interest rate plus applicable margin to a 1.949 percent fixed interest rate plus applicable margin under the agreement as of the forward start date.

In June 2017, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement. The interest rate swap is for an aggregate notional amount of $75.0 million with a forward start date of January 3, 2018 and a termination date of January 3, 2028. As a result of the transaction, the Company effectively converted the Company’s revolving line of credit up to the notional amount from a LIBOR-based floating interest rate plus applicable margin to a 2.387 percent fixed interest rate plus applicable margin under the agreement as of the forward start date.

The fair value of the Company’s two outstanding interest rate swap agreements was a net liability of $1.2 million (comprised of a $1.0 million asset position and a $2.2 million liability position) and an asset of $15.0 million as of June 1, 2019 and June 2, 2018, respectively. The liability and asset fair value were recorded within Other Liabilities and Other Assets within the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Recorded within Other comprehensive loss, net of tax, for the effective portion of the Company's designated cash flow hedges was a net unrealized loss of $12.8 million and a net unrealized gain of $7.5 million for the fiscal years ended June 1, 2019 and June 2, 2018, respectively.

For fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017, there were no gains or losses recognized against earnings for hedge ineffectiveness.



Effects of Derivatives on the Financial Statements
The effects of derivatives on the consolidated financial statements were as follows for the fiscal years ended 20172019 and 20162018 (amounts presented exclude any income tax effects):
(In millions)Balance Sheet Location June 3, 2017 May 28, 2016Balance Sheet Location June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018
Designated derivatives:        
Interest rate swapLong-term assets: Other assets $3.3
 $
Long-term assets: Other assets $1.0
 $15.0
Interest rate swapLong-term liabilities: Other liabilities $2.2
 $
Non-designated derivatives:        
Foreign currency forward contractsCurrent assets: Other $0.5
 $0.5
Current assets: Other $
 $0.4
Foreign currency forward contractsCurrent liabilities: Other accrued liabilities $0.6
 $0.8
Current liabilities: Other accrued liabilities $1.4
 $0.3

  Fiscal Year
(In millions)  Fiscal YearStatement of Comprehensive Income Location June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018 June 3, 2017
Statement of Comprehensive Income Location June 3, 2017 May 28, 2016 May 30, 2015
Gain recognized on foreign currency forward contractsOther expenses (income): Other, net $(1.2) $(0.7) $(2.1)
Gain (loss) recognized on foreign currency forward contractsOther expenses (income): Other, net $0.3
 $0.4
 $(1.2)

The gaingain/(loss) recorded, net of income taxes, in Other comprehensive loss for the effective portion of designated derivatives was as follows for the periods presented below:
Fiscal Year
(In millions) Fiscal YearJune 1, 2019 June 2, 2018 June 3, 2017
 June 3, 2017 May 28, 2016 May 30, 2015
Interest rate swap $2.1
 $
 $
$(12.8) $7.5
 $2.1

For fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, there were zero gains or losses recognized against earnings for hedge ineffectiveness and zero gains or lossesLosses reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive loss into earnings.earnings were $0.5 million and $0.3 million for the fiscal years ended 2019 and 2018, respectively. There were no reclassifications required in fiscal 2017. The company expects zeronet of tax amount expected to be reclassified fromout of Accumulated other comprehensive loss into earnings during the next twelve months is a $0.3 million gain.

Investments in Equity Securities Without a Readily Determinable Fair Value
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, the Company recorded a gain from a $2.1 million fair value adjustment in an investment in a technology partner, which increased the total carrying value of the investment to earnings,$3.6 million as of June 1, 2019. The gain was the result of an observable price change for a similar investment in the next fiscal year, related to the interest rate swap.same entity.



12.13. Warranties, Guarantees and Contingencies
Product Warranties
The companyCompany provides coverage to the end-user for parts and labor on products sold under its warranty policy and for other product-related matters. The standard length of warranty is 12 years. However, this varies depending on the product classification. The companyCompany does not sell or otherwise issue warranties or warranty extensions as stand-alone products. Reserves have been established for various costs associated with the company'sCompany's warranty program. General warranty reserves are based on historical claims experience and other currently available information and are periodically adjusted for business levels and other factors. Specific reserves are established once an issue is identified with the amounts for such reserves based on the estimated cost of correction. Changes in the warranty reserve for the stated periods were as follows:
(In millions) 2017 2016 20152019 2018 2017
Accrual balance, beginning $43.9
 $39.3
 $37.7
$51.5
 $47.7
 $43.9
Accrual for warranty matters 22.8
 25.5
 25.0
20.7
 22.1
 22.8
Settlements (19.0) (20.9) (23.4)(19.1) (18.3) (19.0)
Accrual balance, ending $47.7
 $43.9
 $39.3
$53.1
 $51.5
 $47.7

Other Guarantees
The companyCompany is periodically required to provide performance bonds in order to conduct business with certain customers. These arrangements are common and generally have terms ranging between one and three years. The bonds are required to provide assurances to customers that the products and services they have purchased will be installed and/or provided properly and without damage to their facilities. The performance bonds are provided by various bonding agencies and the companyCompany is ultimately liable for claims that may occur against them. As of June 3, 20171, 2019, the companyCompany had a maximum financial exposure related to performance bonds of approximately $9.7$5.7 million. The companyCompany has no history of claims, nor is it aware of circumstances that would require it to perform under any of these arrangements and believes that the resolution of any claims that might arise in the future, either individually or in the aggregate, would not significantly affect the company's financial statements.Company's Consolidated Financial Statements. Accordingly, no liability has been recorded as of June 3, 20171, 2019 and May 28, 2016June 2, 2018.

The companyCompany periodically enters into agreements in the normal course of business that may include indemnification clauses regarding patent or trademark infringement and service losses. Service losses represent all direct or consequential loss, liability, damages, costs and expenses incurred by the customer or others resulting from services rendered by the company,Company, the dealer, or certain sub-contractors, due to a proven negligent act. The companyCompany has no history of claims, nor is it aware of circumstances that would require it to perform under these arrangements and believes that the resolution of any claims that might arise in the future, either individually or in the aggregate, would not significantly affect the company's financial statements.Company's Consolidated Financial Statements. Accordingly, no liability has been recorded as of June 3, 20171, 2019 and May 28, 2016June 2, 2018.

The companyCompany has entered into standby letter of credit arrangements for the purpose of protecting various insurance companies and lessors against default on insurance premium and lease payments. As of June 3, 2017,1, 2019, the companyCompany had a maximum$10 million financial exposure from these standby letters of credit of approximately $8.3 million, all of which is considered usage against the company's revolving credit facility.credit. The companyCompany has no history of claims, nor is it aware of circumstances that would require it to perform under any of these arrangements and believes that the resolution of any claims that might arise in the future, either individually or in the aggregate, would not significantly affect the company's financial statements.Company's Consolidated Financial Statements. Accordingly, no liability has been recorded as of June 3, 20171, 2019 and May 28, 2016June 2, 2018.

Contingencies
The companyCompany is also involved in legal proceedings and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the outcome of such proceedings and litigation currently pending will not materially affect the company'sCompany's Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Company is a party to options, that if exercised, would require the Company to purchase an additional 33% of the equity in HAY at fair market value. These options may be exercised during a period commencing from the third quarter of fiscal 2020.

As of the end of fiscal 2017,2019, outstanding commitments for future purchase obligations approximated $45.4$73.5 million.



13.14. Operating Segments
The company's
In fiscal 2018, the Company's reportable segments consistconsisted of North American Furniture Solutions, ELA ("EMEA, Latin America, and Asia Pacific") Furniture Solutions, Specialty and Consumer. TheEffective in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, the Company has revised its reportable segments to combine the Specialty reportable segment with the North American Furniture Solutions reportable segment. The newly combined segment is called "North America Contract". There were no changes to the Company's ELA Furniture Solutions ("ELA") and Consumer segments, but each has been renamed. Effective in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, ELA is now named "International Contract" and Consumer is named "Retail". The Specialty segment (Maharam, Geiger, Nemschoff and the Herman Miller Collection) has been combined with the North America Contract segment under a common segment manager as of the fourth quarter fiscal 2019. The change in operating segments reflect the basis of how the Company internally reports and evaluates financial information used to make operating decisions. Prior year results disclosed in the table below have been revised to reflect these changes.

The North America Contract segment includes the operations associated with the design, manufacture, and sale of furniture and textile products for work-related settings, including office, education, and healthcare environments, throughout the United States and Canada. ELA Furniture Solutions includes the operationsThe business associated with the design, manufacture, and sale ofCompany's owned contract furniture products, primarily for work-related settings,dealers is also included in the EMEA, LatinNorth America and Asia-Pacific geographic regions. SpecialtyContract segment. In addition to the Herman Miller brand, this segment includes the operations associated with the design, manufacture and sale of high-craft furniture products and textiles including Geiger wood products, Maharam textiles, Nemschoff and Herman Miller Collection products. The ConsumerInternational Contract segment includes EMEA, Latin America, and Asia-Pacific. International Contract includes the operations associated with the design, manufacture, and sale of furniture products, primarily for work-related settings, in these aforementioned geographic regions. The Retail segment includes operations associated with the sale of modern design furnishings and accessories to third party retail distributors, as well as direct to consumer sales through eCommerce, direct mailing catalogs and DWRDesign Within Reach and HAY studios.

The companyCompany also reports a Corporate“Corporate” category consisting primarily of unallocated expenses related to general corporate expensesfunctions, including, but not limited to, certain legal, executive, corporate finance, information technology, administrative and acquisition-related costs. Management regularly reviews corporate costs and other unallocated corporate costs.

Subsequent tobelieves disclosing such information provides more visibility and transparency regarding how the end of fiscal 2017, the company implemented an organizational change that will result in the Nemschoff subsidiary joining the Specialtychief operating segment rather than the North American Furniture Solutions segment. Beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2018, the company will recast thedecision maker reviews results of the Specialty segment to include the resultsCompany. The accounting policies of the Nemschoff subsidiary.reportable operating segments are the same as those of the Company.



The performance of the operating segments is evaluated by the company'sCompany's management using various financial measures. The following is a summary of certain key financial measures for the respective fiscal years indicated:

(In millions) 2017 2016 2015
       
Net Sales:      
North American Furniture Solutions $1,342.2
 $1,331.8
 $1,241.9
ELA Furniture Solutions 385.5
 412.6
 409.9
Specialty 232.4
 231.8
 219.9
Consumer 318.1
 288.7
 270.5
Corporate 
 
 
Total $2,278.2
 $2,264.9
 $2,142.2
       
Depreciation and Amortization:      
North American Furniture Solutions $32.0
 $27.9
 $26.5
ELA Furniture Solutions 8.8
 8.5
 8.2
Specialty 7.5
 7.4
 7.4
Consumer 10.2
 8.6
 7.3
Corporate 0.4
 0.6
 0.4
Total $58.9
 $53.0
 $49.8
       
Operating Earnings (Losses):      
North American Furniture Solutions $137.7
 $152.0
 $125.2
ELA Furniture Solutions 30.8
 35.3
 25.9
Specialty 17.7
 16.4
 13.5
Consumer 5.3
 8.1
 14.7
Corporate (0.7) (0.3) (15.9)
Total $190.8
 $211.5
 $163.4
       
Capital Expenditures:      
North American Furniture Solutions $47.1
 $56.8
 $31.7
ELA Furniture Solutions 8.5
 15.0
 20.3
Specialty 9.7
 3.1
 3.7
Consumer 22.0
 10.2
 7.9
Corporate 
 
 
Total $87.3
 $85.1
 $63.6
       
Total Assets:      
North American Furniture Solutions $533.6
 $531.7
 $504.5
ELA Furniture Solutions 230.3
 218.4
 235.4
Specialty 157.9
 147.3
 151.6
Consumer 276.4
 245.3
 231.8
Corporate 108.1
 92.5
 69.4
Total $1,306.3
 $1,235.2
 $1,192.7
       
Goodwill:      
North American Furniture Solutions $135.8
 $135.8
 $135.8
ELA Furniture Solutions 40.1
 40.9
 41.9
Specialty 49.8
 49.8
 49.8
Consumer 78.8
 78.8
 75.6
Corporate 
 
 
Total $304.5
 $305.3
 $303.1
(In millions)2019 2018 2017
Net Sales:     
North America Contract$1,686.5
 $1,589.8
 $1,574.6
International Contract492.2
 434.5
 385.5
Retail388.5
 356.9
 318.1
Corporate
 
 
Total$2,567.2
 $2,381.2
 $2,278.2
      
Depreciation and Amortization:     
North America Contract$46.8
 $43.9
 $37.7
International Contract10.5
 10.2
 9.4
Retail14.1
 12.1
 10.2
Corporate0.7
 0.7
 1.6
Total$72.1
 $66.9
 $58.9
      
Operating Earnings (Losses):     
North America Contract$189.7
 $175.2
 $184.1
International Contract57.8
 36.9
 36.2
Retail5.3
 13.9
 4.8
Corporate(49.3) (47.1) (34.0)
Total$203.5
 $178.9
 $191.1
      
Capital Expenditures:     
North America Contract$52.7
 $46.0
 $56.8
International Contract16.6
 11.4
 8.5
Retail16.5
 13.2
 22.0
Corporate
 
 
Total$85.8
 $70.6
 $87.3
      
Total Assets:     
North America Contract$733.6
 $677.4
 $691.5
International Contract356.8
 283.4
 230.3
Retail310.0
 291.2
 276.4
Corporate168.9
 227.5
 108.1
Total$1,569.3
 $1,479.5
 $1,306.3
      
Goodwill:     
North America Contract$185.3
 $185.3
 $185.6
International Contract39.7
 40.0
 40.1
Retail78.8
 78.8
 78.8
Corporate
 
 
Total$303.8
 $304.1
 $304.5

The accounting policies of the reportable operating segments are the same as those of the company.Company. Additionally, the companyCompany employs a methodology for allocating corporate costs and assets with the underlying objective of this methodology being to allocate corporate costs according to the relative usage of the underlying resources and to allocate corporate assets according to the relative expected benefit. The majority of the allocations for corporate expenses are based on relative net sales. However, certain corporate costs, generally considered the result of isolated business decisions, are not subject to allocation and are evaluated separately from the rest of the regular ongoing business operations.



The company'sCompany's product offerings consist primarily of office furniture systems, seating, freestanding furniture, storage and casegoods. These product offerings are marketed, distributed and managed primarily as a group of similar products on an overall portfolio basis. The following is a summary of net sales estimated by product category for the respective fiscal years indicated.indicated:
(In millions) 2017 2016 20152019 2018 2017
Net Sales:           
Systems $639.0
 $656.8
 $563.4
$668.0
 $601.5
 $639.0
Seating 894.8
 855.5
 805.5
1,013.5
 965.9
 894.8
Freestanding and storage 428.8
 456.9
 484.1
505.4
 465.1
 428.8
Textiles113.8
 94.3
 96.9
Other (1)
 315.6
 295.7
 289.2
266.5
 254.4
 218.7
Total $2,278.2
 $2,264.9
 $2,142.2
$2,567.2
 $2,381.2
 $2,278.2

(1) “Other” primarily consists of textiles or uncategorized product sales and service sales.
 
Sales by geographic area are based on the location of the customer. Long-lived assets consist of long-term assets of the company,Company, excluding financial instruments, deferred tax assets and long-term intangibles. The following is a summary of geographic information for the respective fiscal years indicated. Individual foreign country information is not provided as none of the individual foreign countries in which the companyCompany operates are considered material for separate disclosure based on quantitative and qualitative considerations.
(In millions) 2017 2016 20152019 2018 2017
Net Sales:           
United States $1,690.1
 $1,757.0
 $1,640.6
$1,865.8
 $1,737.9
 $1,690.1
International 588.1
 507.9
 501.6
701.4
 643.3
 588.1
Total $2,278.2
 $2,264.9
 $2,142.2
$2,567.2
 $2,381.2
 $2,278.2
(In millions) 2017 2016 2015
     
Long-lived assets:           
United States $328.6
 $254.8
 $224.2
$422.1
 $349.3
 $328.6
International 45.3
 48.1
 53.8
52.2
 50.5
 45.3
Total $373.9
 $302.9
 $278.0
$474.3
 $399.8
 $373.9

The companyCompany estimates that no single dealer accounted for more than 5 percent of the company'sCompany's net sales in the fiscal year ended June 3, 2017.1, 2019. The companyCompany estimates that its largest single end-user customer accounted for $102$129.6 million, $88$109.8 million and $97$102.3 million of the company'sCompany's net sales in fiscal 2017, 20162019, 2018 and 2015,2017, respectively. This represents approximately 5 percent, 45 percent and 5 percent of the company'sCompany's net sales in fiscal 2017, 20162019, 2018 and 2015,2017, respectively.

Approximately 155 percent of the company'sCompany's employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements, most of whom are employees of its Nemschoff Herman Miller Ningbo, and Herman Miller DongguanHoldings Limited subsidiaries.



14.15. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
The following table provides an analysis of the changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss for the years ended June 1, 2019, June 2, 2018 and June 3, 2017, May 28, 2016 and May 30, 2015:2017:
Year EndedYear Ended
(In millions)June 3, 2017 May 28, 2016 May 30, 2015June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018 June 3, 2017
Cumulative translation adjustments at beginning of period$(29.6) $(20.8) $(11.1)$(34.1) $(36.8) $(29.6)
Translation adjustments (net of tax of $ - , ($0.3) and $0.3)(7.2) (8.8) (9.7)
Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications(14.2) 2.7
 (7.2)
Balance at end of period(36.8) (29.6) (20.8)(48.3) (34.1) (36.8)
     
Pension and other post-retirement benefit plans at beginning of period(34.9) (35.4) (26.8)(37.2) (47.6) (34.9)
Adjustments to pension and other post-retirement benefit plans (net of tax of $3.7, ($0.7) and $2.6)(14.5) (2.0) (10.0)
Reclassification to earnings - operating expenses (net of tax of ($0.4), ($0.7) and ($0.4))1.8
 2.5
 1.4
Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications (net of tax of $2.0, ($2.9), and $3.7)(10.0) 5.3
 (14.5)
Reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income - Other, net2.6
 4.2
 2.2
Tax (expense) benefit(0.4) 0.9
 (0.4)
Net reclassifications2.2
 5.1
 1.8
Net current period other comprehensive (loss) income(7.8) 10.4
 (12.7)
Balance at end of period(47.6) (34.9) (35.4)(45.0) (37.2) (47.6)
     
Interest rate swap agreement at beginning of period
 
 
9.9
 2.1
 
Valuation adjustments (net of tax of ($1.2), $ - and $ -)2.1
 
 
Cumulative effect of accounting change1.5
 
 
Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications (net of tax of $5.3, ($4.0), and ($1.2))(12.8) 7.5
 2.1
Reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income - Other, net0.5
 0.3
 
Net reclassifications0.5
 0.3
 
Net current period other comprehensive (loss) income(12.3) 7.8
 2.1
Balance at end of period2.1
 
 
(0.9) 9.9
 2.1
Available-for-sale Securities at beginning of period
 
 
Unrealized holding gain (net of tax of $ - , $ - and $ -)0.1
 
 
     
Unrealized Gains on Available-for-sale Securities at beginning of period0.1
 0.1
 
Cumulative effect of accounting change(0.1) 
 
Other comprehensive income before reclassifications
 
 0.1
Balance at end of period0.1
 
 

 0.1
 0.1
Total accumulated other comprehensive loss$(82.2) $(64.5) $(56.2)
     
Total Accumulated other comprehensive loss$(94.2) $(61.3) $(82.2)



15.16. Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests
Redeemable noncontrolling interests are reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheets in mezzanine equity within the caption Redeemable noncontrolling interests. The companyCompany recognizes changes to the redemption value of redeemable noncontrolling interests as they occur and adjusts the carrying value to equal the redemption value at the end of each reporting period subject to a “floor” amount that is equal to the fair value of the redeemable noncontrolling interests at the time they were originally recorded. The redemption amounts have been estimated based on the fair value of the subsidiary, determined based on a weighting of the discounted cash flow and market methods. This represents a level 3 fair value measurement.

Changes in the company’sCompany’s Redeemable noncontrolling interests for the years ended June 3, 20171, 2019 and May 28, 2016June 2, 2018 are as follows:
 Year EndedYear Ended
(In millions) June 3, 2017 May 28, 2016June 1, 2019 June 2, 2018
Balance at beginning of period $27.0
 $30.4
$30.5
 $24.6
Purchase of redeemable noncontrolling interests (1.5) 
(10.1) (1.0)
Net income attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interests 0.2
 0.5

 0.6
Exercised options0.2
 0.1
Redemption value adjustment (1.2) (4.0)
 6.2
Other adjustments 0.1
 0.1

 
Balance at end of period $24.6
 $27.0
$20.6
 $30.5

The Company is the controlling owner of a subsidiary in which there are redeemable noncontrolling equity interests outstanding. Certain minority shareholders in this subsidiary have the right, at certain times, to require the subsidiary to acquire a portion of their ownership interest in those entities at fair value. During fiscal 2019, these minority shareholders exercised certain of these options to require the Company's subsidiary to purchase $10.1 million of the outstanding redeemable noncontrolling interests. By comparison, options exercised by the minority shareholders in fiscal 2018 resulted in purchases totaling $1.0 million. The subsidiary also has an option to acquire a portion of the redeemable noncontrolling interests at fair market value. On July 23, 2019, the subsidiary exercised an option that allowed it to acquire approximately $12.6 million of the remaining $20.6 million of the redeemable noncontrolling equity interests.

16.17. Restructuring and Impairment Activities
2017North America Contract segment

2019 Restructuring and Impairment ChargesExpense
The company recognized asset impairment expense totaling $7.1 million associated with the Nemschoff trade name for the fiscal year 2017. Forecasts developed during
During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017 indicated future revenue2019, the Company announced restructuring activities associated with our profit improvement initiatives, including costs associated with an early retirement program. The Company also engaged in the consolidation of facilities related to its Nemschoff business. These actions resulted in pre-tax restructuring expenses totaling $7.7 million relating to employee severance related actions of $6.7 million and profitability no longer supportedlease termination and disposal activities of $1.0 million in the valuefourth quarter. Future estimated restructuring expenses relate to the early retirement program and are estimated at a cost of $1.8 million. The project is expected to generate cost savings of approximately $10 million and is expected to conclude in the second quarter of fiscal 2020.
The table below shows provides an analysis of the trade name intangible asset.North America Contract Segment restructuring cost reserve for the year ended June 1, 2019:
 June 1, 2019
(In millions)Severance and Employee-RelatedExit or Disposal ActivitiesTotal
Beginning Balance$
$
$
Restructuring Costs6.7
1.0
$7.7
Ending Balance$6.7
$1.0
$7.7



2018 Restructuring Expense

During the first quarter of fiscal 2018, the Company announced restructuring actions involving targeted workforce reductions primarily within the North America Contract segment. These actions related to the Company's cost savings initiatives and resulted in the recognition of restructuring expenses of $1.4 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2018. The company alsorestructuring actions were completed, and final payments made in fiscal 2018.

During the second quarter of fiscal 2018, the Company announced further restructuring actions involving targeted workforce reductions primarily within the North America Contract segment. These actions related to the Company's previously announced cost savings initiatives and resulted in the recognition of restructuring expenses of $0.4 million in the second quarter of fiscal 2018. The restructuring actions were completed, and final payments made in fiscal 2018.

International Contract segment

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018, the Company announced a facilities consolidation plan related to its International Contract segment. This impacted certain office and manufacturing facilities in the United Kingdom and China. It is currently contemplated that this plan will generate approximately $3 million in annual cost reductions as part of the Company's three-year cost savings initiatives.

During fiscal 2018 the Company recognized restructuring expenses of $5.4$3.9 million of which $2.4 million related to targeted workforce reductions withinand $1.5 million related to the North America, ELA, Specialtyexit and Consumer segments. Thedisposal activities as a result of consolidating the United Kingdom office and China manufacturing facilities.

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, the Company recognized restructuring actions were deemedexpenses of $0.8 million related to the consolidation of the facilities mentioned above. In fiscal 2019, the Company recognized restructuring and impairment expenses of $2.5 million related to the facilities consolidation plan, comprised primarily of $0.8 million related to an asset impairment recorded against the office building in the United Kingdom that is being vacated and $1.4 million from the consolidation of the Company's manufacturing facilities in China. As the United Kingdom office building and related assets meet the criteria to be complete at June 3, 2017 and final payments are expected to be made overdesignated as assets held for sale, the coursecarrying value of the next fiscal year. These chargesthese assets have been reflected separatelyclassified as "Restructuringcurrent assets and impairment expenses"included within "Other" in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income and are included within Operating earningsBalance Sheets for the North America, ELA, Specialtyperiod ended June 1, 2019. The carrying amount of the assets held for sale was approximately $4.2 million as of June 1, 2019.

The Company expects the International Contract facilities consolidations to be completed by the first quarter of fiscal 2020. It is currently contemplated that this plan will incur an additional estimated $2 million of future restructuring and Consumer segments within segment reporting in Note 13.

related special charges.

The following table provides an analysis of the changes in the International Contract segment restructuring costs reserve for the fiscal year ended June 3, 2017:2, 2018 and the fiscal year ended June 1, 2019 :
  Year Ended
(In millions) June 3, 2017
Beginning Balance $0.4
Restructuring expenses 5.4
Payments (3.4)
Ending Balance $2.4

2015 Restructuring and Impairment Charges
The company recognized asset impairment expense totaling $10.8 million associated with the POSH trade name for the fiscal year 2015. Although profitability associated with the POSH trade name increased as compared to the prior year, forecasts developed during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015 indicated that future revenue and profitability no longer supported the value of the trade name intangible asset.

The company also recognized restructuring expenses of $1.9 million during the third quarter of fiscal 2015 related to targeted workforce reductions within the North American segment. These actions resulted in the recognition of restructuring expenses related to severance and outplacement costs.

These charges have been reflected separately as "Restructuring and impairment expenses" in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income and are included in the Corporate segment within the segment reporting within Note 13.

17. Subsequent Event
On June 12, 2017, the company entered into an interest rate swap agreement (“Swap Transaction”) to manage its exposure to fluctuations in variable interest rates. The Swap Transaction is for an aggregate notional amount of $75.0 million with a forward start date of January 3, 2018 and a termination date of January 3, 2028.

On July 25, 2017, the company made a voluntary contribution of $12.0 million to the plan assets of the international pension benefit plan, which will result in a reduction to the reported unfunded status of the international pension benefit plan in the next fiscal year.

On July 31, 2017, the company sold a branch of its wholly-owned, multi-location, contract furniture dealership in Canada. As a result of the transaction, the company received an initial payment of approximately $2 million at closing. This payment excluded the purchase consideration related to the value of accounts receivable of the divested dealership, which will be paid by the buyer in the future as such receivables are collected, over a period not to exceed 120 days. The total gain related to the sale is not expected to be material to the company's financial statements. The operations associated with the dealership related to the North American Furniture Solutions segment.
(In millions)Severance and Employee-RelatedImpairment of Property and EquipmentExit or Disposal ActivitiesTotal
June 3, 2017$
$
$
$
Restructuring Costs2.4

1.5
$3.9
Amounts Paid(2.4)
(1.5)$(3.9)
June 2, 2018$
$
$
$
Restructuring Costs0.3
0.8
1.4
$2.5
Amounts Paid(0.2)
(1.3)$(1.5)
Charges Against Assets
(0.8)
$(0.8)
June 1, 2019$0.1
$
$0.1
$0.2

18. Variable Interest Entities
The Company has long-term notes receivable with certain of its third-party owned dealers that are deemed to be variable interests in variable interest entities. The carrying value of these long-term notes receivable was $1.6 million and $2.5 million as of June 1, 2019 and June 2, 2018, respectively, and represents the Company’s maximum exposure to loss. The Company is not deemed to be the primary beneficiary for any of these variable interest entities as each entity controls the activities that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance, including sales, marketing, and operations.



19. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
Set forth below is a summary of the quarterly operating results on a consolidated basis for the years ended June 3, 20171, 2019, May 28, 2016June 2, 2018, and May 30, 2015June 3, 2017.


(In millions, except per share data)(In millions, except per share data)
First
Quarter
 
Second
Quarter
 
Third
Quarter
 
Fourth
Quarter
(In millions, except per share data)
First
Quarter (1)
 
Second
Quarter (1)
 
Third
Quarter (1)
 
Fourth
Quarter (1)
2019Net sales$624.6
 $652.6
 $619.0
 $671.0
Gross margin225.1
 235.6
 221.0
 248.2
Net earnings attributable to Herman Miller, Inc.35.8
 39.3
 39.2
 46.2
Earnings per share-basic0.60
 0.66
 0.67
 0.78
Earnings per share-diluted0.60
 0.66
 0.66
 0.78
        
2018Net Sales$580.3
 $604.6
 $578.4
 $618.0
Gross margin216.9
 222.1
 205.8
 228.3
Net earnings attributable to Herman Miller, Inc.33.1
 33.5
 29.8
 31.8
Earnings per share-basic0.55
 0.56
 0.50
 0.53
Earnings per share-diluted0.55
 0.55
 0.49
 0.53
        
2017Net sales$598.6
 $577.5
 $524.9
 $577.2
Net sales$598.6
 $577.5
 $524.9
 $577.2
Gross margin (1)
230.0
 218.0
 195.5
 220.9
Gross margin230.0
 218.0
 195.5
 220.9
Net earnings attributable to Herman Miller, Inc.36.3
 31.7
 22.5
 33.4
Net earnings attributable to Herman Miller, Inc.36.3
 31.7
 22.5
 33.4
Earnings per share-basic (1)
0.61
 0.53
 0.38
 0.56
Earnings per share-basic0.61
 0.53
 0.38
 0.56
Earnings per share-diluted0.60
 0.53
 0.37
 0.55
Earnings per share-diluted0.60
 0.53
 0.37
 0.55
        
2016Net sales$565.4
 $580.4
 $536.5
 $582.6
Gross Margin216.8
 224.4
 207.8
 225.2
Net earnings attributable to Herman Miller, Inc. (1)
33.5
 34.7
 27.9
 40.7
Earnings per share-basic0.56
 0.58
 0.46
 0.68
Earnings per share-diluted0.56
 0.57
 0.46
 0.67
        
2015Net sales$509.7
 $565.4
 $516.4
 $550.7
Gross margin185.6
 205.7
 190.5
 209.6
Net earnings attributable to Herman Miller, Inc. (1)
25.2
 27.8
 21.0
 23.4
Earnings per share-basic0.43
 0.47
 0.35
 0.39
Earnings per share-diluted0.42
 0.46
 0.35
 0.39
(1) TheFor some line items, the sum of the quarters does not equal the annual balance reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income due to rounding associated with the calculations on an individual quarter basis.



Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Herman Miller, Inc.

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f). The internal control over financial reporting at Herman Miller, Inc., is designed to provide reasonable assurance to our stakeholders that the financial statements of the companyCompany fairly represent its financial condition and results of operations.

Because of its inherent limitations, a system of internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance and may not prevent or detect all misstatements. Further, because of changes in conditions, effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting may vary over time.

Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of June 3, 20171, 2019, based on the original framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013 Framework) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, our management believes the company'sCompany's internal control over financial reporting was effective as of June 3, 20171, 2019.

Ernst & Young LLP has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, which is included herein.


/s/ Brian C. WalkerAndrea R. Owen
Brian C. WalkerAndrea R. Owen
Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Jeffrey M. Stutz
Jeffrey M. Stutz
Chief Financial Officer




Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Herman Miller, Inc.

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited Herman Miller, Inc.’s and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of June 3, 2017,1, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control-IntegratedControl - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, Herman Miller, Inc.’s and subsidiaries (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 1, 2019, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of Herman Miller, Inc. and subsidiaries as of June 1, 2019 and June 2, 2018, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 1, 2019, and the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a) of the Company and our report dated July 30, 2019 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control overOver Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’sCompany’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Herman Miller, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 3, 2017, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the fiscal 2017 consolidated financial statements of Herman Miller, Inc., and our report dated August 1, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.


/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Grand Rapids, Michigan    
August 1, 2017July 30, 2019



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Herman Miller, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Herman Miller, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of June 3, 20171, 2019 and May 28, 2016,June 2, 2018, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 3, 2017. These1, 2019, and the related notes and financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosuresstatement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a) (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Herman Miller, Inc.the Company at June 3, 20171, 2019 and May 28, 2016,June 2, 2018, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 3, 2017,1, 2019, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), Herman Miller, Inc.’sthe Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 3, 2017,1, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control-IntegratedControl - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated August 1, 2017July 30, 2019 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.


/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2002

Grand Rapids, Michigan    
August 1, 2017July 30, 2019



Item 9 CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURESChanges in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures

None



Item 9A CONTROLS AND PROCEDURESControls and Procedures

(a)
Disclosure Controls and Procedures. Under the supervision and with the participation of management, the company'sCompany's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have evaluated the effectiveness of the company'sCompany's disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) as of June 3, 20171, 2019 and have concluded that as of that date, the company'sCompany's disclosure controls and procedures were effective.
(b)
Management's Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and Attestation Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. Refer to Item 8 for “Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.” The effectiveness of the company'sCompany's internal control over financial reporting has been audited by Ernst and Young LLP, an independent registered accounting firm, as stated in its report included in Item 8.
(c)
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. There were no changes in the company'sCompany's internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter ended June 3, 2017,1, 2019, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.



Item 9B OTHER INFORMATIONOther Information

None



PART III

Item 10 DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCEDirectors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters and Control Persons
Information relating to directors and director nominees of the registrantCompany is contained under the caption “Director and Executive Officer Information” in the company'sCompany's definitive Proxy Statement, relating to the company's 2017Company's 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, and the information within that section is incorporated by reference. Information relating to Executive Officers of the companyCompany is included in Part I hereof entitled “Executive Officers of the Registrant.”

Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act
Information relating to compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act is contained under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the company'sCompany's definitive Proxy Statement, relating to the company's 2017Company's 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, and the information within that section is incorporated by reference.

Code of Ethics
The companyCompany has adopted a Code of Conduct that serves as the code of ethics for the executive officers and senior financial officers and as the code of business conduct for all Company directors and employees of the registrant.employees. This code is made available free of charge through the “Investors” section of the company'sCompany's internet website at www.hermanmiller.com. Any amendments to, or waivers from, a provision of this code also will be posted to the company'sCompany's internet website.

Corporate Governance
Information relating to the identification of the audit committee, audit committee financial experts, and director nomination procedures of the registrantCompany is contained under the captions “Board Committees” and “Corporate Governance and Board Matters — Director Nominations” in the company'sCompany's definitive Proxy Statement, relating to the company's 2017Company's 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, and the information within these sections is incorporated by reference.



Item 11 EXECUTIVE COMPENSATIONExecutive Compensation

Information relating to management remunerationexecutive compensation is contained under the captions “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Summary Compensation Table,” “Grants of Plan-Based Awards,” “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End,” “Option Exercises and Stock Vested,” “Pension Benefits,” “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation,” “Potential Payments Upon Termination, Death, Disability, Retirement or Change in Control,” “Director Compensation,” “Director Compensation Table,” and “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” in the company'sCompany's definitive Proxy Statement, relating to the company's 2017Company's 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, and the information within these sections is incorporated by reference. The information under the caption “Compensation Committee Report” is incorporated by reference, however, such information is not deemed filed with the Commission.



Item 12 SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERSSecurity Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The sections entitled “Voting Securities and Principal Stockholders,” “Director and Executive Officer Information,” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” in the Company's definitive Proxy Statement, relating to the company's 2017Company's 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, and the information within these sections is incorporated by reference.



Item 13 CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCECertain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Information concerning certain relationships and related transactions contained under the captions “Related Party Transactions,” and “Corporate Governance and Board Matters — Determination of Independence of Board Members” in the Company's definitive Proxy Statement, relating to the company's 2017Company's 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and the information within these sections is incorporated by reference.



Item 14 PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICESPrincipal Accountant Fees and Services

Information relating to the ratification of the selection of the Company's independent public accountants and concerning the payments to our principal accountants and the services provided by our principal accounting firm set forth under the captioncaptions "Ratification of the Audit Committee's selection of Independent Registered Accounting Firm" and “Disclosure of Fees Paid to Independent Auditors” in the DefinitiveCompany's definitive Proxy Statement, relating to the company's 2017Company's 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, and the information within that section is incorporated by reference.


PART IV

Item 15 EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULEExhibits and Financial Statement Schedule

(a)The following documents are filed as a part of this report: 
     
 1.Financial Statements 
     
 The following Consolidated Financial Statements of the companyCompany are included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K on the pages noted:
     
    
Page Number in
this Form 10-K
 Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
 Consolidated Balance Sheets
 Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Financial Statements
   
 2.Financial Statement Schedule 
     
 The following financial statement schedule and related Report of Independent Public Accountants on the Financial Statement Schedule areis included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K on the pages noted:
     
    
Page Number in
this Form 10-K
 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Financial Statement Schedule
Schedule II-Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves for the Years Ended June 1, 2019, June 2, 2018 and and June 3, 2017 May 28, 2016 and May 30, 2015
     
 All other schedules required by Form 10-K Annual Report have been omitted because they were not applicable, included in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, or otherwise not required under instructions contained in Regulation S-X.
     
 3.Exhibits 
     
 Reference is made to the Exhibit Index which is included on pages 85-86.97-99. 
     





Item 16 Form 10-K Summary

None



EXHIBIT INDEX

(4)Instruments Defining the Rights of Security Holders
(a)Specimen copy of Herman Miller, Inc., common stock is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a) of Registrant's 1981 Form 10-K Annual Report (Commission File No. 001-15141).
(b)Other instruments which define the rights of holders of long-term debt individually represent debt of less than 10% of total assets. In accordance with item 601(b)(4)(iii)(A) of regulation S-K, the Registrant agrees to furnish to the Commission copies of such agreements upon request.
(c)
(d)
(10)Material Contracts
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)


(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
(s)
(t)


101.INSXBRL Instance Document
101.SCHXBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CALXBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.LABXBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PREXBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
101.DEFXBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
(1) Denotes compensatory plan or arrangement.



SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

HERMAN MILLER, INC.

 
    
 /s/ Jeffrey M. Stutz     
ByJeffrey M. Stutz
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Accounting Officer and Duly Authorized Signatory for Registrant)
     

Date:     August 1, 2017July 30, 2019            
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed on, August 1, 2017July 30, 2019 by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities indicated.

 /s/ Michael A. Volkema /s/ Lisa Kro 
 
Michael A. Volkema
(Chairman of the Board)
 
Lisa Kro
(Director)
 
     
 /s/ David O. UlrichA. Brandon /s/ Mary Vermeer Andringa 
 
David O. Ulrich
A. Brandon
(Director)
 
Mary Vermeer Andringa
(Director)
 
     
 /s/ Dorothy A. TerrellDouglas D. French /s/ John R. Hoke III 
 
Dorothy A. Terrell
Douglas D. French
(Director)
 
John R. Hoke III
(Director)
 
     
 /s/ David A. BrandonHeidi Manheimer /s/ J. Barry Griswell 
 
David A. Brandon
Heidi Manheimer
(Director)
 
J. Barry Griswell
(Director)
 
     
 /s/ Douglas D. FrenchMike Smith /s/ Brian C. WalkerAndrea R. Owen 
 
Douglas D. FrenchMike Smith
(Director)
 
Brian C. WalkerAndrea R. Owen
(President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director)
 
     
 /s/ Heidi Manheimer /s/ Jeffrey M. Stutz 
 Heidi Manheimer
(Director)
 
Jeffrey M. Stutz
(Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
 
     
 /s/ Brenda Freeman   
 Brenda Freeman (Director)��  


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Herman Miller, Inc.

We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Herman Miller, Inc. as of June 3, 2017 and May 28, 2016, and for each of the three years in the period ended June 3, 2017, and have issued our report thereon dated August 1, 2017 (included elsewhere in this Form 10K). Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in Item 15(a) of this Form 10-K. This schedule is the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this schedule based on our audits.

In our opinion, the financial statement schedule referred to above, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.




/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Grand Rapids, Michigan
August 1, 2017



SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(In millions)

Column AColumn B Column C Column D Column EColumn B Column C Column D Column E
DescriptionBalance at beginning of period Charges to expenses or net sales 
Deductions (3)
 Balance at end of periodBalance at beginning of period Charges to expenses or net sales 
Deductions (3)
 Balance at end of period
Year ended June 1, 2019:       
Accounts receivable allowances — uncollectible accounts(1)
$2.4
 $0.6
 $(0.1) $2.9
       
Accounts receivable allowances — credit memo(2)
$0.5
 $
 $0.1
 $0.6
       
Allowance for possible losses on notes receivable$0.4
 $(0.1) $
 $0.3
       
Valuation allowance for deferred tax asset$10.3
 $0.4
 $(0.3) $10.4
       
Year ended June 2, 2018:       
Accounts receivable allowances — uncollectible accounts(1)
$2.3
 $0.6
 $(0.5) $2.4
       
Accounts receivable allowances — credit memo(2)
$0.4
 $0.1
 $
 $0.5
       
Allowance for possible losses on notes receivable$0.9
 $(0.5) $
 $0.4
       
Valuation allowance for deferred tax asset$10.0
 $0.5
 $(0.2) $10.3
       
Year ended June 3, 2017:              
Accounts receivable allowances — uncollectible accounts(1)
$3.4
 $
 $(1.1) $2.3
$3.4
 $
 $(1.1) $2.3
              
Accounts receivable allowances — credit memo(2)
$0.4
 $
 $
 $0.4
$0.4
 $
 $
 $0.4
              
Allowance for possible losses on notes receivable$0.9
 $
 $
 $0.9
$0.9
 $
 $
 $0.9
              
Valuation allowance for deferred tax asset$10.6
 $(0.6) $
 $10.0
$10.6
 $(0.6) $
 $10.0
       
Year ended May 28, 2016:       
Accounts receivable allowances — uncollectible accounts(1)
$2.4
 $2.3
 $(1.3) $3.4
       
Accounts receivable allowances — credit memo(2)
$0.4
 $
 $
 $0.4
       
Allowance for possible losses on notes receivable$1.0
 $(0.1) $
 $0.9
       
Valuation allowance for deferred tax asset$11.1
 $(1.5) $1.0
 $10.6
       
Year ended May 30, 2015:       
Accounts receivable allowances — uncollectible accounts(1)
$3.4
 $0.9
 $(1.9) $2.4
       
Accounts receivable allowances — credit memo (2)
$0.6
 $
 $(0.2) $0.4
       
Allowance for possible losses on notes receivable$0.1
 $0.9
 $
 $1.0
       
Valuation allowance for deferred tax asset$8.5
 $(0.6) $3.2
 $11.1
(1) Activity under the “Charges to expense or net sales” column are recorded within selling, general and administrative expenses.
(2) Activity under the “Charges to expenses or net sales” column are recorded within net sales.
(3) Represents amounts written off, net of recoveries and other adjustments. Includes effects of foreign translation.


EXHIBIT INDEX

(3)Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws
(a)Restated Articles of Incorporation, dated October 4, 2013, is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3(a) of Registrant's 2014 Form 10-K Annual Report (Commission File No. 001-15141).
(b)
Amended and Restated Bylaws, dated July 13, 2015, is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3 of the Registrant's Form 8-K dated July 17, 2015 (Commission File No. 001-15141).
.
(4)Instruments Defining the Rights of Security Holders
(a)
Specimen copy of Herman Miller, Inc., common stock is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4(a) of Registrant's 1981 Form 10-K Annual Report (Commission File No. 001-15141).
.
(b)Other instruments which define the rights of holders of long-term debt individually represent debt of less than 10% of total assets. In accordance with item 601(b)(4)(iii)(A) of regulation S-K, the Registrant agrees to furnish to the Commission copies of such agreements upon request.
(c)Dividend Reinvestment Plan for Shareholders of Herman Miller, Inc., dated January 6, 1997, is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4(d) of the Registrant's 1997 Form 10-K Annual Report (Commission File No. 000-05813).
(d)Third Amended and Restated Credit agreement dated as of July 21, 2014 among Herman Miller, Inc. and various lenders is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 22, 2014 (Commission File No. 001-15141).
(10)Material Contracts
(a)
Herman Miller, Inc. 2011 Long-Term Incentive Plan is incorporated by reference from Appendix I of the Registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement dated August 26, 2014, as amended, filed with the Commission as of August 26, 2014 (Commission File No. 001-15141). (1)
(b)
Herman Miller, Inc. Nonemployee Officer and Director Deferred Compensation Plan is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(b) of the Registrant's Report on Form 10-K dated July 26, 2016 (Commission File No. 001-15141). (1)
(c)Form of Change in Control Agreement of the Registrant and James E. Christenson.
(d)
Herman Miller, Inc. Executive Equalization Retirement Plan is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10 (d) of the Registrant's Form 10-K dated July 28, 2015 (Commission File No. 001-15141). (1)
(e)
Herman Miller, Inc. Executive Incentive Cash Bonus Plan dated April 24, 2006. (1)
(f)
Form of Herman Miller, Inc., Long-Term Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(f) of the Registrant's Report on Form 10-K dated July 26, 2016 (Commission File No. 001-15141). (1)
(g)
Form of Herman Miller, Inc., Long-Term Incentive Restricted Stock Unit Award is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(g) of the Registrant's Report on Form 10-K dated July 26, 2016 (Commission File No. 001-15141). (1)
(h)
Form of Herman Miller, Inc., Long-Term Incentive Performance Stock Unit EBITDA Award.(1)
(i)
Second Amendment to the Herman Miller, Inc. 2011 Long-Term Incentive Plan is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(i) of the Registrant's Report on Form 10-K dated July 26, 2016 (Commission File No. 001-15141). (1)
(j)
Form of Herman Miller, Inc. 2011 Long-Term Incentive Plan Performance Share Unit Award is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(j) of the Registrant's Report on Form 10-K dated July 26, 2016 (Commission File No. 001-15141). (1)



(k)
Employment Agreement between John Edelman and Design Within Reach is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10(b) of the Registrant's Form 10-Q dated October 8, 2014 (Commission File No. 001-15141). (1)
(l)
Employment Agreement between John McPhee and Design Within Reach is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10(c) of the Registrant's Form 10-Q dated October 8, 2014 (Commission File No. 001-15141). (1)
(m)
Stockholders' Agreement between HM Springboard, Inc., Herman Miller, Inc., John Edelman, and John McPhee is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10(d) of the Registrant's Form 10-Q dated October 8, 2014 (Commission File No. 001-15141). (1)(3)
(n)
HM Springboard, Inc. Stock Option Plan is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10(e) of the Registrant's Form 10-Q dated October 8, 2014 (Commission File No. 001-15141). (1)(3)
(o)
Third Amendment to the Herman Miller, Inc. 2011 Long-Term Incentive Plan is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(o) of the Registrant's Report on Form 10-K dated July 26, 2016 (Commission File No. 001-15141). (1)
(p)
Form of Herman Miller, Inc. 2011 Long-Term Incentive Plan Conditional Stock Option Award is incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10 (p) of the Registrant's Form 10-K dated July 28, 2015 (Commission File No. 001-15141). (1)
(q)
Trust Under the Herman Miller, Inc. Nonemployee Officer and Director Compensation Plan is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(q) of the Registrant's Report on Form 10-K dated July 26, 2016 (Commission File No. 001-15141). (1)
(21)Subsidiaries
(23)(a)Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
(24)Power of Attorney (included on the signature page to this Registration Statement)
(31)(a)Certificate of the Chief Executive Officer of Herman Miller, Inc., pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
(31)(b)Certificate of the Chief Financial Officer of Herman Miller, Inc., pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
(32)(a)Certificate of the Chief Executive Officer of Herman Miller, Inc., pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
(32)(b)Certificate of the Chief Financial Officer of Herman Miller, Inc., pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
101.INS
XBRL Instance Document(2)
101.SCH
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document(2)
101.CAL
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document(2)
101.LAB
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document(2)
101.PRE
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document(2)
101.DEF
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document(2)

(1) Denotes compensatory plan or arrangement.
(2) In accordance with Regulation S-T, the XBRL-related information in Exhibit 101 shall be deemed “furnished” and not “filed” under sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and/or under section 18 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, and otherwise is not subject to liability under these sections.
(3) Subsequent to the agreement, the legal name of the company was changed from HM Springboard, Inc. to Herman Miller, Consumer Holdings, Inc.

87 2017 Annual Report and Subsidiaries 101